WO2016065985A1 - Key issuing method, method for implementing authorization checking on ue, and related devices - Google Patents

Key issuing method, method for implementing authorization checking on ue, and related devices Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016065985A1
WO2016065985A1 PCT/CN2015/088741 CN2015088741W WO2016065985A1 WO 2016065985 A1 WO2016065985 A1 WO 2016065985A1 CN 2015088741 W CN2015088741 W CN 2015088741W WO 2016065985 A1 WO2016065985 A1 WO 2016065985A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
identifier
msk
group
service
gcse
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2015/088741
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张丽佳
李志明
曹龙雨
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2016065985A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016065985A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L9/00Cryptographic mechanisms or cryptographic arrangements for secret or secure communications; Network security protocols
    • H04L9/32Cryptographic mechanisms or cryptographic arrangements for secret or secure communications; Network security protocols including means for verifying the identity or authority of a user of the system or for message authentication, e.g. authorization, entity authentication, data integrity or data verification, non-repudiation, key authentication or verification of credentials

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a method for issuing a key, a method for performing an authorization check on a UE, and related devices.
  • the Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service is a multimedia broadcast multicast function defined in The 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) R6.
  • MBMS supports two modes: multimedia broadcast service and multicast service. It can broadcast multimedia video information directly to all users or to a group of paid subscription users. It can help operators to carry out multimedia advertisements, free and paid TV channels. , MMS group and other commercial applications. Operators can launch mobile TV services at a lower network deployment cost.
  • the main changes to the existing communication network of MBMS are: increase the Broadcast Multicast Service Center (BM-SC), and upgrade the MBMS function of the existing packet switching (PS) domain related network elements to support MBMS-specific interface features (such as Gmb), unique channels, unique physical layer procedures, and unique business processes such as subscriptions.
  • BM-SC Broadcast Multicast Service Center
  • PS packet switching
  • BM-SC can provide and manage MBMS services.
  • the BM-SC is the entry of the MBMS service content;
  • the BM-SC is responsible for authorizing, initiating the MBMS service, and scheduling and transmitting the MBMS service content.
  • BM-SC includes 5 parts of functions:
  • Membership function Responsible for saving the subscription information of the user, authorizing the user equipment (User Equipment, UE) to join the MBMS service, and generating the charging record.
  • User Equipment User Equipment
  • Session and transmission function responsible for initiating and terminating the MBMS session, authorizing the external content provider, and receiving and transmitting the MBMS service data.
  • BM-SC is a common grouping of internal functions and gateways.
  • a proxy for signaling interaction between the Gateway General Packet Radio Service Support Node (GGSN) is a bridge between the session and the transmission function to transmit MBMS service data to the GGSN on the user plane.
  • GGSN Gateway General Packet Radio Service Support Node
  • Service declaration function It is responsible for providing MBMS service information to the UE, including media description (such as video type, voice coding) and session description (such as service identification, address, and play time).
  • Security function Provide integrity and privacy protection for MBMS service data, and provide keys to UEs that have been authorized by MBMS.
  • the BM-SC implements control of the MBMS service through two control plane interfaces (Gmb interface, Mz interface).
  • the Gmb interface supports the signaling interaction between the GGSN and the BM-SC, which is the edge of the MBMS bearer service;
  • the Mz interface supports signaling interaction between different BM-SCs, and provides the capability of roaming across the BM-SC for the MBMS service.
  • the signaling that is exchanged on the two interfaces includes: MBMS bearer related (eg, MBMS session start and stop) and MBMS user related (eg, authorization, MBMS service activation).
  • the BM-SC transmits MBMS service data through the Gi interface.
  • the Group Communication Service Enabler over Long Term Evolution is a cluster communication based on the LTE network, and can be implemented by using a unicast bearer or a multicast bearer.
  • the multicast bearer can be established through MBMS.
  • the SA2 determines that the Group Communication Service Enabler Application Server (GCS AS) performs Group Communication Service Enabler (GCSE) group management, and the group management is implemented by application layer signaling. In this case, when the multicast bearer is selected, the BM-SC is not visible to the GCSE group.
  • GCS AS Group Communication Service Enabler Application Server
  • GCSE Group Communication Service Enabler
  • the content transmitted in different GCSE groups may be different, and different service identifiers need to be assigned to different group communications (eg one police station staff member as a GCSE group, one fire brigade staff member as a GCSE group, police station and The fire brigade group communication content is different, and different service identifiers are required to implement multicast/multicast services within the group.
  • the GCSE group members access the corresponding service identifiers to receive data.
  • the GCSE group management is performed by the GCS AS, and the BM-SC is invisible to the GCSE group.
  • the BM-SC cannot perform the authorization check on the UE requesting the service; if the partial MBMS mechanism is reused (the BM-SC performs part of the process of providing the MBMS service, The GCS AS performs another part of the process of providing the MBMS service.
  • the function of the BM-SC to deliver the MSK will be placed on the GCS AS. How the GCS AS implements the MSK is an urgent problem to be solved.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a method for issuing a key, a method for performing an authorization check on a UE, and related devices, which can ensure complete reuse of the MBMS security mechanism on the premise that the BM-SC is invisible to the GCSE group.
  • the BM-SC implements the service authorization check for the UE, and the GCS AS performs the MSK delivery in the scenario of partially reusing the MBMS security mechanism, so that the MBMS security mechanism can be used to ensure communication security.
  • the group communication service application server GCS AS provided by the embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • An MSK generating unit configured to generate a multimedia broadcast multicast service key MSK
  • a processing unit configured to establish or obtain, from the broadcast multicast service center BM-SC, a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each group communication service GCSE group;
  • a sending unit configured to send the generated MSK to the user equipment UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: before the MSK generating unit generates an MSK, send a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message is And including the requested number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services, where the request message is used to request the BM-SC to allocate a service identifier and/or a group identifier;
  • the GCS AS also includes:
  • a first receiving unit configured to receive a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes a service identifier and/or a group identifier allocated by the BM-SC;
  • the sending unit is further configured to: after the processing unit establishes a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group, send the MSK to the BM-SC.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: after the MSK generating unit generates an MSK, send a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message is Include the number of the requested group identifiers and the MSK, the request message is used to request the BM-SC to allocate a group identifier and/or a service identifier, and establish a mapping relationship between each group identifier and/or each service identifier and each MSK;
  • the processing unit is configured to receive a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes a mapping relationship between each group identifier and/or each service identifier and each MSK.
  • the GCS AS further includes:
  • mapping establishing unit configured to establish an MSK and after the MSK generating unit generates the MSK Mapping relationship of group identifiers of each GCSE group;
  • the sending unit is further configured to send a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes a mapping relationship between each MSK and a group identifier of each GCSE group, where the request message is used to request the BM-SC allocation.
  • the service identifier is used to establish a mapping relationship between each service identifier and each group identifier.
  • the processing unit is configured to receive a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes a mapping relationship between each group identifier and each service identifier.
  • the GCS AS further includes:
  • a second receiving unit configured to receive a key request message sent by the BM-SC before the MSK generating unit generates an MSK, where the key request message includes a service identifier and a requested number of MSKs;
  • the sending unit is further configured to: after the processing unit establishes a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group, send the MSK to the BM-SC.
  • the MSK generating unit is further configured to generate an MSK identifier and a key validity period for each MSK;
  • the sending unit is further configured to: when the MSK is sent to the BM-SC, or after sending the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and each MSK.
  • the group identifier and/or service identifier of the corresponding GCSE group is sent to the UE in the BM-SC and the corresponding GCSE group.
  • the GCS AS further includes:
  • a third receiving unit configured to: before the sending unit sends the generated MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group, receiving the BM-SC sending The MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the MSK identifier and key validity period of each MSK are generated by the BM-SC;
  • the sending unit is further configured to: when the MSK is sent to the BM-SC, or after sending the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, the group identifier and/or service of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK.
  • the identifier is sent to the BM-SC; the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK are sent to the corresponding UEs within the GCSE group.
  • the GCS AS further includes:
  • a determining unit configured to determine, according to a preset rule, whether the MSK needs to be updated
  • the MSK generating unit is further configured to: when the determining result of the determining unit is yes, generate a new MSK;
  • the sending unit is further configured to send a first key update message to the BM-SC, and send a second key update message to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, so that the BM-SC and the corresponding GCSE group The UE updates the key, and the new MSK is included in the first key update message and the second key update message.
  • the preset rule includes the joining and/or leaving of the UE in the GCSE group, or the MSK to the validity period.
  • the MSK generating unit is further configured to: send, by the sending unit, a first key update message to the BM-SC Before generating the MSK identifier and the key validity period of the new MSK;
  • the first key update message and the second key update message further include: an MSK identifier of the new MSK and a key validity period, and a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK. .
  • the GCS AS further includes:
  • a fourth receiving unit configured to receive an MSK identifier and a key validity period of the new MSK sent by the BM-SC before the sending unit sends the first key update message to the BM-SC;
  • the first key update message further includes: a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK; and the second key update message includes: the MSK identifier and the secret of the new MSK Key validity period, the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK.
  • the GCS AS further includes:
  • a fifth receiving unit configured to receive a key update trigger message sent by the BM-SC, where the secret is
  • the key update trigger message includes a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group and/or an MSK identifier of the MSK that needs to be updated;
  • the MSK generating unit is further configured to generate a new MSK
  • the sending unit is further configured to send a third key update message to the BM-SC, and send a fourth key update message to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, so that the BM-SC and the corresponding GCSE group
  • the UE updates the key, and the third key update message and the fourth key update message include the new MSK.
  • the MSK generating unit is further configured to: send, by the sending unit, a third key to the BM-SC Before updating the message, generating an MSK identifier and a key validity period of the new MSK;
  • the third key update message and the fourth key update message further include: an MSK identifier of the new MSK and a key validity period, a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK .
  • the GCS AS further includes:
  • a sixth receiving unit configured to receive, after the sending unit sends a third key update message to the BM-SC, an MSK identifier and a key validity period of the new MSK sent by the BM-SC;
  • the third key update message further includes: a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK; and the fourth key update message further includes: the MSK identifier of the new MSK And a key validity period, a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK.
  • the GCS AS provided by the embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • An obtaining unit configured to acquire a multimedia broadcast multicast service key MSK from a broadcast multicast service center BM-SC;
  • mapping establishing unit configured to establish a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each group communication service GCSE group;
  • a sending unit configured to send the generated MSK to the user equipment UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: before the acquiring unit acquires the MSK from the BM-SC, send a request message to the BM-SC,
  • the request message includes the number of requested group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services,
  • the request message is used to request the BM-SC to allocate an MSK and a service identifier and/or a group identifier;
  • the acquiring unit is configured to receive a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes an MSK and a service identifier and/or a group identifier that are allocated by the BM-SC.
  • the request message is further used to request the BM-SC to generate an MSK identifier and a key validity period for each MSK;
  • the response message further includes an MSK identifier and a key validity period of each MSK;
  • the sending unit is further configured to: when sending the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, send the identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK to the corresponding UEs within the GCSE group.
  • the broadcast multicast service center BM-SC provided by the embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • a list establishing unit configured to establish, according to the authorized UE list establishment request sent by the group communication service application server GCS AS, an authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier;
  • a receiving unit configured to receive a service activation request sent by the UE, where the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate;
  • An authorization checking unit configured to check whether the identifier of the UE is in an authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, if yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful, if not, then The authorization check of the UE fails.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to: before the list establishing unit establishes an authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier, receive the request message sent by the GCS AS The request message includes the number of requested group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services;
  • the BM-SC also includes:
  • a first generating unit configured to generate a service identifier
  • a sending unit configured to send a response message to the GCS AS, where the response message includes a service identifier, so that the GCS AS allocates a service identifier to each group communication service GCSE group;
  • the GCS AS sends the authorized UE list establishment request according to the UE included in each GCSE group, where the authorized UE list establishment request includes the service identifier of the GCSE group and the identifier of the corresponding authorized UE.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to: before the list establishing unit establishes an authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier, receive the GCS a request message sent by the AS, where the request message includes a group identifier of a GCSE group;
  • the BM-SC also includes:
  • a second generating unit configured to generate a service identifier and establish a mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier
  • the GCS AS sends the authorized UE list establishment request according to the UE included in each GCSE group, where the authorized UE list establishment request includes the group identifier of the GCSE group and the identifier of the corresponding authorized UE.
  • the list establishing unit is specifically configured to:
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive an authorized UE list update request sent by the GCS AS, where the authorized UE list is updated.
  • the request includes a service identifier, an identifier of the UE, a deletion, and/or an addition indication.
  • the BM-SC also includes:
  • a first update unit configured to update the corresponding authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list update request.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive an authorized UE list update request sent by the GCS AS, where the authorized UE list is updated.
  • the request includes a group identifier and/or a service identifier, an identifier of the UE, a deletion, and/or an addition indication.
  • the BM-SC also includes:
  • a second updating unit configured to update the corresponding authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list update request.
  • the BM-SC provided by the embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive a service activation request sent by the UE, where the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate;
  • a sending unit configured to send an authorization check request to the group communication service application server GCS AS, to request the GCS AS to check whether the identifier of the UE is a group communication service GCSE group corresponding to a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate If yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful, and if not, the authorization check for the UE fails.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to: Before receiving the service activation request sent by the UE, receiving a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes the requested number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services;
  • the BM-SC also includes:
  • a first generating unit configured to generate a service identifier
  • the sending unit is further configured to send a response message to the GCS AS, where the response message includes a service identifier, so that the GCS AS assigns a service identifier to each GCSE group;
  • the authorization check request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to: before receiving a service activation request sent by the UE, receive a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message is a group identifier containing the GCSE group;
  • the BM-SC also includes:
  • a second generating unit configured to generate a service identifier and establish a mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier
  • a searching unit configured to search for a group identifier corresponding to the service identifier included in the service activation request, before the sending unit sends an authorization check request to the GCS AS;
  • the authorization check request includes the identifier of the UE and a group identifier corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate.
  • the fifth aspect, the method for issuing a key provided by the embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the generated MSK is sent to the user equipment UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identity and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
  • the method before the generating the MSK, the method further includes:
  • the request message includes the requested number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services, and the request message is used to request the BM-SC allocation Business identification and/or group identification;
  • the method further includes:
  • the MSK is sent to the BM-SC.
  • the method further includes:
  • mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or service identifier of each GCSE group obtained from the BM-SC includes:
  • the BM-SC And receiving, by the BM-SC, a response message, where the response message includes a mapping relationship between each group identifier and/or each service identifier and each MSK.
  • the method further includes:
  • the request message includes a mapping relationship between the MSK and a group identifier of each GCSE group, where the request message is used to request the BM-SC to allocate a service identifier and establish each service identifier and each Mapping relationship of group identifiers;
  • mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or service identifier of each GCSE group obtained from the BM-SC includes:
  • the method before the generating the MSK, the method further includes:
  • the method further includes:
  • the MSK is sent to the BM-SC.
  • the method further includes:
  • the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK are sent to the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
  • the fifth aspect before the sending the generated MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identity and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group, the method further includes:
  • the method further includes:
  • the method further includes:
  • the preset rule includes the joining and/or leaving of the UE in the GCSE group, or the MSK to the validity period.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first key update message and the second key update message further include: an MSK identifier of the new MSK and a key validity period, and a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK. .
  • the method before the sending the first key update message to the BM-SC, the method further includes:
  • the first key update message further includes: a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK; and the second key update message includes: the MSK identifier and the secret of the new MSK Key validity period, the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK.
  • the method further includes:
  • the key update trigger message includes a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group and/or an MSK identifier of the MSK that needs to be updated;
  • the method before the third key update message is sent to the BM-SC, the method further includes:
  • the third key update message and the fourth key update message further include: an MSK identifier of the new MSK and a key validity period, a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK .
  • the method before the third key update message is sent to the BM-SC, the method further includes:
  • the third key update message further includes: a group label of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK
  • the fourth key update message further includes: an MSK identifier of the new MSK and a key validity period, a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK.
  • the sixth aspect, the method for issuing a key according to the embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the generated MSK is sent to the user equipment UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identity and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
  • the method before acquiring the MSK from the BM-SC, the method further includes:
  • the request message includes the requested number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services, and the request message is used to request the BM-SC allocation MSK and business identification and/or group identification;
  • the obtaining the MSK from the BM-SC includes:
  • the BM-SC Receiving a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes an MSK and a service identifier and/or a group identifier allocated by the BM-SC.
  • the request message is further used to request the BM-SC to generate an MSK identifier and a key validity period for each MSK;
  • the response message further includes an MSK identifier and a key validity period of each MSK;
  • the method further includes:
  • the identifiers of the respective MSKs and the key validity period, and the group identifiers and/or service identifiers of the GCSE groups corresponding to the respective MSKs are sent to the UEs in the corresponding GCSE group.
  • a method for performing an authorization check on a user equipment UE includes:
  • the method before the establishing the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier, the method further includes:
  • the GCS AS sends the authorized UE list establishment request according to the UE included in each GCSE group, where the authorized UE list establishment request includes the service identifier of the GCSE group and the identifier of the corresponding authorized UE.
  • the method before the establishing the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier, the method further includes:
  • the GCS AS sends the authorized UE list establishment request according to the UEs included in the respective GCSE groups, where the authorized UE list establishment request includes the group identifier of the GCSE group and the identifier of the corresponding authorized UE, according to the GCS AS
  • the authorized UE list establishment request to send the authorized UE corresponding to the service identifier includes:
  • the method further includes:
  • the authorized UE list update request includes a service identifier, an identifier of the UE, and a deletion and/or an addition indication
  • the method further includes:
  • the authorized UE list update includes a group identifier and/or a service identifier, an identifier of the UE, a deletion, and/or an addition indication.
  • a method for performing an authorization check on a user equipment UE includes:
  • the method before receiving the service activation request sent by the UE, the method further includes:
  • the authorization check request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate.
  • the method before receiving the service activation request sent by the UE, the method further includes:
  • the authorization check request includes the identifier of the UE and a group identifier corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate.
  • the GCS AS may generate or acquire an MSK from the BM-SC, establish or The BM-SC obtains the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identity and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group, and then sends the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group. That is, the GCS AS completes the delivery of the MSK in the scenario of partially reusing the MBMS security mechanism.
  • the BM-SC may establish an authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list establishment request sent by the GCS AS, so that after receiving the service activation request sent by the UE, the authorization check of the UE may be implemented according to the authorized UE list established by the UE; Or, after receiving the service activation request sent by the UE, the BM-SC may send an authorization check request to the GCS AS to request the GCS AS to perform an authorization check on the UE, so that when the BM-SC is invisible to the GCSE group, The service authorization check of the BM-SC to the UE in the scenario of completely reusing the MBMS security mechanism.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a GCS AS according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a GCS AS according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a GCS AS according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a GCS AS according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a GCS AS according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a GCS AS according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a GCS AS according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a GCS AS according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a BM-SC according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a BM-SC according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a BM-SC according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a BM-SC according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a BM-SC according to the present invention.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic view showing another embodiment of the BM-SC of the present invention.
  • 15 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a method for issuing a key according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for issuing a key according to the present invention.
  • 17 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for issuing a key according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for issuing a key according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for issuing a key according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a key update method according to the present invention.
  • 21 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for updating a key according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for issuing a key according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for issuing a key according to the present invention.
  • 24 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a method for performing an authorization check on a UE according to the present invention.
  • 25 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for performing an authorization check on a UE according to the present invention.
  • 26 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for performing an authorization check on a UE according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for performing an authorization check on a UE according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for performing an authorization check on a UE according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for performing an authorization check on a UE according to the present invention.
  • the GCS AS Since the BM-SC is invisible to the GCSE group in the LTE network-based trunking communication, the GCS AS is responsible for the management of the UEs in the GCSE group, that is, the GCSE knows which UE belongs to which GCSE group, but each GCSE group has no service identifier, and There may be no group ID.
  • the GCSE group can be established by the GCS AS at the time of UE registration, although the GCSE group can also be pre-established. For example, the UE is registered with the GCS AS, and the registration information carries the identifier of the UE.
  • the GCS AS establishes a GCSE group for the registered UE.
  • the number of registered UEs may be one or more, and the number of established GCSE groups may also be one or more. It is not limited here; or, the GCSE group is established in advance, and the UE directly carries the group identifier and the identifier of the UE when registering with the GCS AS.
  • the UE adopts the multicast bearer and implements the establishment of the multicast bearer by reusing part of the MBMS mechanism it is necessary to consider how the GCS AS implements the MSK delivery problem;
  • the UE adopts the multicast bearer and implements the establishment of the multicast bearer by completely reusing the MBMS mechanism it is necessary to consider how the BM-SC performs an authorization check on the UE requesting the service.
  • the multicast mentioned in the embodiment of the present invention may be multicast or broadcast. The following description is respectively made by different embodiments.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a GCS AS according to the present invention.
  • the GCS AS 10 in this embodiment is used to implement the sending of the MSK.
  • the GCS AS in this embodiment includes:
  • the MSK generating unit 11 is configured to generate an MSK
  • the processing unit 12 is configured to establish or obtain, from the BM-SC, a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group;
  • the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group is established or obtained from the BM-SC, including: establishing or mapping the mapping between the MSK and the group identifier of each GCSE group from the BM-SC, establishing or The mapping relationship between the MSK and the service identifiers of the respective GCSE groups is obtained from the BM-SC, and the mapping relationship between the MSK, the group identifier of each GCSE group, and the service identifier of each GCSE group is established or obtained from the BM-SC.
  • the group identifier may be a fixed group identifier that the GCS AS allocates for the GCSE group or the GCSE group itself, or may be a temporary mobile group identifier generated by the BM-SC according to the request of the GCS AS, for example, TMGI (Temporary Mobile Group Identity). .
  • TMGI Temporal Mobile Group Identity
  • Each GCSE group can establish a mapping relationship with one MSK or a plurality of MSKs. That is, each GCSE group can have only one MSK or multiple MSKs. For ease of description, the following embodiments will be described in the case where there is only one MSK per GCSE group, and each GCSE group has only one group identifier and/or service identifier.
  • the sending unit 13 is configured to send the generated MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
  • the GCS AS 20 of this embodiment includes:
  • the sending unit 21 is configured to send a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes the requested number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services;
  • a first receiving unit 22 configured to receive a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes a service identifier and/or a group identifier allocated by the BM-SC;
  • An MSK generating unit 23 configured to generate an MSK
  • the processing unit 24 is configured to establish a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
  • the sending unit 21 is further configured to send the MSK to the BM-SC, and send the generated MSK to the user equipment UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
  • the group identifier of the GCSE group is the temporary mobility group identifier generated by the BM-SC.
  • the sending unit 21 when it is determined that the UE adopts a multicast bearer, the sending unit 21 sends a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message is used to request the BM-SC to allocate a service identifier and/or a group identifier, where the request message includes a request.
  • the number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services may be determined by the number of groups of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS, that is, the GCS AS manages several GCSE groups, and subsequently requests several group identifiers and / or several business identifiers.
  • the GCS AS itself knows which UE belongs to which GCSE group, but each GCSE group does not have a group identifier and a service identifier, and needs to request BM-SC generation.
  • the BM-SC After generating the group identifier and/or the service identifier, the BM-SC sends a response message to the GCS AS, where the response message includes the group identifier and/or the service identifier generated by the BM-SC, and the first receiving unit 22 receives the response message.
  • the MSK generating unit 23 generates an MSK
  • the processing unit 24 establishes a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier
  • the transmitting unit 21 transmits the MSK to the BM-SC and maps according to the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier.
  • the relationship sends the MSK to the UE within the corresponding GCSE group.
  • the GCS AS manages two GCSE groups, the first GCSE group includes UE1 and UE2, and the second GCSE group includes UE3 and UE4.
  • the MSK is generated by the GCS AS and the group identifier and the service identifier are obtained from the BM-SC, a one-to-one mapping relationship between the MSK, the group identifier (temporary mobile group identifier), and the service identifier is established (for example, MSK1, group identifier 1, and service identifier are set).
  • the MSK2, the group identifier 2 and the service identifier 2 are grouped and assigned to the second GCSE group, and the subsequent GCS AS directly sends the generated MSK to the BM-SC. And sending the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the established mapping relationship, in this example, sending the MSK1 to the first The UEs in the GCSE group send MSK2 to the UEs in the second GCSE group.
  • each MSK should also have an MSK identity and a key validity period.
  • the MSK ID and key validity period of each MSK can be generated by the GCS AS or generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS AS.
  • the sending unit 21 needs to send the MSK to the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, and also needs to validate the MSK identifier and the key of each MSK. And the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK is sent to the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
  • the sending unit 21 sends the MSK to the BM-SC and the corresponding UE in the GCSE group, and also needs to send the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK to the BM-SC;
  • the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK are sent to the UEs in the corresponding GCSE group.
  • the GCS AS 30 of this embodiment includes:
  • the sending unit 32 is configured to send a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes the requested group identifier number and the MSK;
  • the processing unit 33 is configured to receive a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes a mapping relationship between each group identifier and/or each service identifier and each MSK.
  • the sending unit 32 is further configured to send the generated MSK to the user equipment UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
  • the group identifier of the GCSE group is the temporary mobility group identifier generated by the BM-SC.
  • the MSK generating unit 31 generates an MSK according to the number of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS, and the number of generated MSKs may be the same as the number of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS.
  • the sending unit 32 sends a request message to the BM-SC, which invites
  • the request message includes the number of requested group identifiers and the MSK, and the request message is used to request the BM-SC to allocate a group identifier and/or a service identifier and establish a mapping relationship between each group identifier and/or each service identifier and each MSK.
  • the BM-SC allocates a group identifier and/or a service identifier according to the request message sent by the sending unit 32, and establishes a mapping relationship between each group identifier and/or each service identifier and each MSK, and then sends a response message to the GCS AS.
  • the processing unit 33 receives the response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes the mapping relationship between each group identifier and/or each service identifier and each MSK.
  • each MSK should also have an MSK identity and a key validity period.
  • the MSK ID and key validity period of each MSK can be generated by the GCS AS or generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS AS.
  • the sending unit 32 needs to transmit the MSK identifier of each MSK after transmitting the MSK to the BM-SC and transmitting the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group. And the key validity period, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK are sent to the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
  • the MSK identity and key validity period of each MSK is generated by the BM-SC and then transmitted to the GCS AS
  • the MSK identity and key validity period of each MSK generated and transmitted by the BM-SC needs to be received by the third receiving unit 25.
  • the sending unit 21 sends the MSK to the BM-SC and sends the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group
  • the group identifier and/or the service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK need to be sent to
  • the BM-SC sends the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
  • the device embodiment 2 and the device embodiment 3 describe the implementation of the GCS AS delivered by the MSK when the group identification of the GCSE group is the temporary mobility group identifier generated by the BM-SC.
  • the following two device embodiments will introduce the group of the GCSE group.
  • the ID is a fixed group ID
  • the GCS AS delivered by the MSK is implemented.
  • the GCS AS 40 of this embodiment includes:
  • An MSK generating unit 41 configured to generate an MSK
  • the mapping establishing unit 42 is configured to establish a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier of each GCSE group;
  • the sending unit 43 is configured to send a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes a mapping relationship between each MSK and a group identifier of each GCSE group;
  • the processing unit 44 is configured to receive a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes a mapping relationship between each group identifier and each service identifier.
  • the MSK generating unit 41 generates an MSK according to the number of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS, and the number of generated MSKs may be the same as the number of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS.
  • the mapping establishing unit 42 establishes a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifiers of the respective GCSE groups, and then the transmitting unit 43 sends a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes each MSK and each GCSE group.
  • the mapping relationship of the group identifier is used to request the BM-SC to allocate a service identifier and establish a mapping relationship between each service identifier and each group identifier.
  • the BM-SC generates the service identifier, and the number of the generated service identifiers is the same as the number of the MSK and/or the group identifier.
  • the BM-SC establishes a mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier and sends a response message to the GCS AS.
  • the processing unit 44 receives the response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes a mapping relationship between each group identifier and each service identifier.
  • the GCS AS establishes and stores the mapping relationship between the group identifier and the MSK of the GCSE group. After obtaining the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the group identifier from the BM-SC, the GCS AS has the MSK, the group identifier, and the service. The mapping relationship between the three parties is identified. According to the mapping relationship between the three, the GCS AS can send the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
  • the following examples are given:
  • the GCS AS manages two GCSE groups.
  • the group ID of the first GCSE group is group ID 1 (fixed group ID), the first GCSE group contains UE1 and UE2, and the group ID of the second GCSE group is group ID 2 (fixed group identification), the second GCSE group contains UE3 and UE4.
  • the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier is established (for example, the group identifier 1 and the MSK1 are a group, and the group identifier 2 and the MSK2 are a group).
  • the GCS AS After the GCS AS obtains the mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier from the BM-SC (for example, the group identifier 1 and the service identifier 1 are a group, and the group identifier 2 and the service identifier 2 are a group), the GCS AS has the MSK and the group.
  • a one-to-one mapping relationship between the identifier and the service identifier ie, MSK1, group identifier 1, and service identifier 1 as a group corresponding to the first GCSE group, MSK2, group identifier 2, and service identifier 2 as a group corresponding to the second The GCSE group
  • the subsequent GCS AS sends the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the acquired mapping relationship.
  • the MSK1 is sent to the UE in the first GCSE group
  • the MSK2 is sent to the second GCSE.
  • each MSK should also have an MSK identity and a key validity period.
  • the MSK ID and key validity period of each MSK can be generated by the GCS AS or generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS. AS.
  • the transmitting unit 43 needs to send the MSK of each MSK after transmitting the MSK to the BM-SC and transmitting the MSK to the UEs in the corresponding GCSE group.
  • the identifier and the key validity period, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK are sent to the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
  • the third receiving unit 45 needs to receive the MSK identity and key validity period of each MSK generated and transmitted by the BM-SC.
  • the transmitting unit 43 sends the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK to the UE after transmitting the MSK to the BM-SC and the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
  • the BM-SC sends the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
  • the GCS AS 50 of this embodiment includes:
  • a second receiving unit 51 configured to receive a key request message sent by the BM-SC, where the key request message includes a service identifier and a requested number of MSKs;
  • MSK generating unit 52 configured to generate an MSK
  • the processing unit 53 is configured to establish a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
  • the sending unit 55 is configured to send the MSK to the BM-SC, and send the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
  • the GCS AS may send a request message including the number of groups and/or the number of services to the BM-SC according to the number of the GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS, and the number of groups and/or the number of groups sent by the BM-SC according to the GCS AS.
  • the service number sends a key request message, where the key request message includes the service identifier and the requested number of MSKs, the second receiving unit 51 receives the key request message, and the MSK generating unit 52 generates the MSK according to the key request message. .
  • the processing unit 53 establishes a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group, and the sending unit 55 sends the MSK to the BM-SC according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
  • the MSK is sent to the UEs in the corresponding GCSE group.
  • each MSK should also have an MSK identity and a key validity period.
  • MSK per MSK The ID and key validity period can be generated by the GCS AS or generated by the BM-SC and delivered to the GCS AS.
  • the sending unit 55 needs to send the MSK to the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, and also needs to validate the MSK identifier and the key of each MSK. And the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK is sent to the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
  • the third receiving unit 54 needs to receive the MSK identity and key validity period of each MSK generated and transmitted by the BM-SC.
  • the sending unit 55 sends the MSK to the BM-SC and the corresponding UE in the GCSE group, and also sends the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK to the BM-SC;
  • the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK are sent to the UEs in the corresponding GCSE group.
  • the above several device embodiments describe the implementation of the GCS AS delivered by the MSK.
  • the following device embodiments will describe the GCS AS that implements the MSK update.
  • the GCS AS 60 of this embodiment includes:
  • the determining unit 61 is configured to determine, according to a preset rule, whether the MSK needs to be updated;
  • the preset rule includes joining and/or leaving of the UE in the GCSE group, or MSK to the validity period.
  • the MSK generating unit 62 is configured to generate a new MSK when the determination result of the determining unit 61 is YES;
  • the sending unit 64 is configured to send a first key update message to the BM-SC, and send a second key update message to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, so that the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group update the key.
  • the new MSK is included in the first key update message and the second key update message.
  • the new MSK should also have an MSK identity and a key validity period.
  • the MSK identifier and the key validity period of the new MSK may be generated by the GCS AS or generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS AS.
  • the MSK generating unit 62 is further configured to generate the new MSK before the sending unit 64 sends the first key update message to the BM-SC.
  • MSK identification and key validity period The first key update message and the second key update message further include: an MSK identifier of the new MSK and a key validity period, the new The MSK corresponds to the GCSE group's group ID and/or service identifier.
  • the fourth receiving unit 63 receives the BM before the sending unit 64 sends the first key update message to the BM-SC.
  • the first key update message further includes: a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK; and the second key update message includes: the MSK identifier and the secret of the new MSK Key validity period, the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK.
  • the device embodiment 6 describes a GCS AS that performs MSK update by itself, and the device embodiment 7 will describe a GCS AS triggered by the BM-SC for MSK update.
  • the GCS AS 70 of this embodiment includes:
  • the fifth receiving unit 71 is configured to receive a key update trigger message sent by the BM-SC, where the key update trigger message includes a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group and/or an MSK identifier of the MSK that needs to be updated. ;
  • the BM-SC may determine whether the MSK needs to be updated, and the criterion for determining is, for example, a key to an expiration date. If the MSK needs to be updated, the BM-SC sends a key update trigger message to the GCS AS.
  • MSK generating unit 72 configured to generate a new MSK
  • the sending unit 74 is configured to send a third key update message to the BM-SC, and send a fourth key update message to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, so that the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group update the key.
  • the new MSK is included in the third key update message and the fourth key update message.
  • the new MSK should also have an MSK identity and a key validity period.
  • the MSK identifier and the key validity period of the new MSK may be generated by the GCS AS or generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS AS.
  • the MSK generating unit 72 is further configured to generate the new MSK before the sending unit 74 sends the third key update message to the BM-SC.
  • MSK identification and key validity period The third key update message and the fourth key update message further include: an MSK identifier of the new MSK and a key validity period, a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK .
  • the sixth receiving unit 73 needs to receive the MSK identifier and the key validity period of the new MSK sent by the BM-SC before the sending unit 74 sends the third key update message to the BM-SC.
  • the third key update message further includes: a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK; and the fourth key update message includes: the MSK identifier and the secret of the new MSK Key validity period, the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK.
  • the above seven device embodiments describe the GCS AS that is sent by the MSK when the MSK is generated by the GCS AS.
  • the following device embodiment will describe the GCS AS delivered by the MSK when the MSK is generated by the BM-SC.
  • the GCS AS 80 of this embodiment includes:
  • An obtaining unit 81 configured to acquire an MSK from the BM-SC;
  • the mapping establishing unit 82 is configured to establish a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each group communication service GCSE group;
  • the sending unit 83 is configured to send the generated MSK to the user equipment UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
  • the sending unit 83 may send a request message to the BM-SC according to the number of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS, where the request message includes the requested group identifier number and/or the number of groups and/or Or the number of requested services, the request message is used to request the BM-SC to allocate the MSK and the service identifier and/or the group identifier.
  • the number of group identifiers and/or groups requested in the request message and/or the number of requested services may be the same as the number of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS.
  • the BM-SC allocates the MSK and the service identity and/or group identity to the GCSE and sends a response message to the GCS AS.
  • the obtaining unit 81 receives the response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes the MSK and the service identifier and/or the group identifier allocated by the BM-SC.
  • the request message is further used to request the BM-SC to generate an MSK identifier and a key validity period for each MSK; the response message further includes an MSK identifier and a key validity period of each MSK.
  • the mapping establishing unit 82 establishes a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each group communication service GCSE group, and the sending unit 83 generates the MSK according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
  • the identifiers and key validity periods of the respective MSKs, and the group identifiers and/or service identifiers of the GCSE groups corresponding to the respective MSKs are sent to the UEs in the corresponding GCSE group.
  • the GCS AS can include a processor and a transmitter, wherein:
  • the processor is configured to: generate an MSK, establish or obtain, from the BM-SC, a mapping relationship between the MSK and a group identifier and/or a service identifier of each group communication service GCSE group;
  • the transmitter is configured to send the generated MSK to the user equipment UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
  • the processor is configured to acquire an MSK from the BM-SC, and establish a mapping relationship between the MSK and a group identifier and/or a service identifier of each group communication service GCSE group;
  • the transmitter is configured to send the generated MSK to the user equipment UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
  • the mapping relationship itself utilizes the MSK, the group identifier, and the service identifier itself. Therefore, the mapping relationship includes both the MSK, the group identifier, the service identifier itself, and the mapping relationship between the three. Of course, in other embodiments, the mapping relationship may also be represented by the identifier of the MSK, the group identifier, and other information of the service identifier.
  • the mapping relationship should also be The MSK, group identification and service identifier involved are sent to the GCS AS.
  • the various mapping relationships established by the GCS AS can be understood as the GCS AS establishing a mapping relationship by using the MSK, the group identifier, and the service identifier itself, or can be understood as GCS AS.
  • the mapping relationship is established by using the information of the MSK identifier, the group identifier, and the service identifier. This is not specifically limited.
  • the BM-SC in the embodiment of the present invention is described below.
  • the BM-SC in the embodiment of the present invention is used to implement authorization check on the UE.
  • the BM-SC 90 of this embodiment includes:
  • the list establishing unit 91 is configured to establish, according to the authorized UE list establishment request sent by the GCS AS, an authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier;
  • the receiving unit 92 is configured to receive a service activation request sent by the UE, where the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate;
  • the authorization checking unit 93 is configured to check whether the identifier of the UE is in the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, and if yes, the authorization check on the UE is successful, If not, the authorization check for the UE fails.
  • the BM-SC of this embodiment includes:
  • the receiving unit 101 receives a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes the requested number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services;
  • the first generating unit 102 is configured to generate a service identifier.
  • the sending unit 103 is configured to send a response message to the GCS AS, where the response message includes a service identifier, so that the GCS AS allocates the service identifier to each GCSE group;
  • the receiving unit 101 is further configured to receive an authorized UE list establishment request sent by the GCS AS and a service activation request sent by the UE;
  • the BM-SC also includes:
  • the list establishing unit 104 is configured to establish, according to the authorized UE list establishment request sent by the GCS AS, an authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier;
  • the authorization checking unit 105 is configured to check whether the identifier of the UE is in the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, if yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful, if not, the UE is The authorization check failed.
  • the BM-SC may further include a first update unit 106, configured to update the corresponding authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list update request received by the receiving unit 101.
  • the GCS AS sends a request message to the BM-SC according to the number of GCSE groups managed by itself, where the request message includes the requested number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the requested
  • the number of services, the number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups of the request, and/or the number of requested services may be the same as the number of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS.
  • the receiving unit 101 receives the request message sent by the GCS AS.
  • the GCS AS itself knows which UE belongs to which GCSE group, but each GCSE group does not have a group identifier and a service identifier, and therefore needs to request BM-SC generation.
  • the first generating unit 102 generates a service identifier according to the request message.
  • the sending unit 103 sends a response message to the GCS AS according to the service identifier generated by the first generating unit 102, where the response message includes a service identifier, so that the GCS AS allocates the service identifier to each group communication service GCSE group.
  • the GCS AS assigns the service identifier to each GCSE group, it sends the location according to the UEs included in each GCSE group.
  • the authorized UE list establishment request includes the service identifier of the GCSE group and the identifier of the corresponding authorized UE.
  • the list establishing unit 104 establishes an authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier according to the authorized UE list establishment request sent by the GCS AS, and the authorized UE list corresponding to each service identifier includes the identifier of the corresponding UE.
  • the authorization checking unit 105 checks whether the identifier of the UE is in the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, and if so, The authorization check of the UE is successful, and if not, the authorization check of the UE fails.
  • the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate.
  • the first generating unit 102 may generate a group identifier according to the request message, and may also generate a group identifier, and send the group identifier to the GCS AS, so that the GCS AS also assigns the group identifier to each GCSE group.
  • the group identification here can be understood as a mobile temporary group identification. The following examples are given:
  • the GCS AS manages two GCSE groups, the first GCSE group includes UE1 and UE2, and the second GCSE group includes UE3 and UE4.
  • the GCS AS assigns the group identifier (temporary mobile group identifier) and the service identifier to each GCSE group (for example, group ID 1 and service identifier 1 are grouped together).
  • group ID 1 and service identifier 1 are grouped together.
  • group ID 2 and service identifier 2 are grouped and assigned to the second GCSE group, and the subsequent GCS AS sends an authorized UE list establishment request to the BM-SC, where the request includes the GCSE group.
  • the service identifier and the identifier of the corresponding authorized UE (such as the service identifier 1 and the identifiers of the UE1 and the UE2, the service identifier 2, and the identifiers of the UE3 and the UE4).
  • the BM-SC establishes an authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier (that is, the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier 1 includes the UE1 and the UE2, and the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier 2 includes the UE3 and the UE4).
  • the BM-SC When the BM-SC receives the service activation request sent by the UE, it can find and determine whether the identifier of the UE is in the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, and if so, The authorization check of the UE is successful. If not, the authorization check of the UE fails.
  • the authorized UE list update request may be sent to the BM-SC, and the receiving unit 101 receives the authorized UE list update request, where the authorized UE list update request includes the service identifier and the UE. Identifying, deleting, and/or adding an indication; the first update unit 106 updates the corresponding authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list update request.
  • the GCSE group may be configured as a temporary mobile group identifier generated by the BM-SC, or the group identification is a temporary mobile group identifier generated by the BM-SC.
  • the BM- SC referring to FIG. 11, the BM-SC 110 of this embodiment includes:
  • the receiving unit 111 is configured to receive a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes a group identifier of the GCSE group;
  • the second generating unit 112 is configured to generate a service identifier and establish a mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier.
  • the receiving unit 111 is further configured to: receive an authorized UE list establishment request sent by the GCS AS, and a service activation request sent by the UE, where the authorized UE list establishment request includes a group identifier of the GCSE group and an identifier of the corresponding authorized UE;
  • the BM-SC also includes:
  • the list establishing unit 113 is configured to search, according to the mapping relationship, a service identifier corresponding to the group identifier included in the authorized UE list establishment request, and establish an authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier;
  • the authorization checking unit 114 is configured to check whether the identifier of the UE is in the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, and if yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful, if not, The authorization check for the UE failed.
  • the BM-SC may further include a second update unit 115, configured to update the corresponding authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list update request received by the receiving unit 111.
  • the GCS AS sends a request message to the BM-SC according to the number of GCSE groups that it manages.
  • the request message includes the group identifier of the GCSE group, the number of group identifiers, and the GCSE managed by the GCS AS.
  • the number of groups is the same, and the receiving unit 111 receives the request message.
  • the second generating unit 112 generates a service identifier according to the request message and establishes a mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier.
  • the GCS AS sends an authorized UE list establishment request according to the UE included in each GCSE group, where the authorized UE list establishment request includes the group identifier of the GCSE group and the identifier of the corresponding authorized UE.
  • the receiving unit 111 receives the authorized UE list establishment request, and the list establishing unit 113 searches for the service identifier corresponding to the group identifier included in the authorized UE list establishment request according to the mapping relationship between the established group identifier and the service identifier, and establishes a search identifier.
  • the service identifier corresponds to the list of authorized UEs.
  • the authorized UE list contains the identifier of the corresponding UE.
  • the authorization checking unit 114 After the receiving unit 111 receives the service activation request sent by the UE, the authorization checking unit 114, If the identifier of the UE is in the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, if yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful, and if not, the UE is Authorization check failed.
  • the authorized UE list update request may be sent to the BM-SC, and the receiving unit 111 receives the authorized UE list update request, where the authorized UE list update request includes the service identifier and/or The group identifier, the identifier of the UE, the deletion, and/or the addition indication; the second update unit 115 updates the corresponding authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list update request.
  • the BM-SC may further include a processor and a receiver, where
  • the processor is configured to: establish, according to the authorized UE list establishment request sent by the GCS AS, a list of authorized UEs corresponding to the service identifier;
  • the receiver is configured to receive a service activation request sent by the UE, where the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate;
  • the processor is further configured to: check whether the identifier of the UE is in an authorized UE list corresponding to a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate, if yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful, if not, Then the authorization check for the UE fails.
  • the device embodiments 10 and 11 describe the BM-SC in which the authorized UE list is established to implement the authorization check for the UE.
  • the following embodiment will describe the BM that does not establish the authorized UE list but needs to perform the authorization check on the UE. -SC.
  • the BM-SC 120 of this embodiment includes:
  • the receiving unit 121 is configured to receive a service activation request sent by the UE, where the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate;
  • the sending unit 122 is configured to send an authorization check request to the GCS AS, to request the GCS AS to check whether the identifier of the UE is in a group communication service GCSE group corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, if The authorization check for the UE is successful, and if not, the authorization check for the UE fails.
  • the BM-SC 130 of this embodiment includes:
  • the receiving unit 131 is configured to receive a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes the requested number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services;
  • the first generating unit 132 is configured to generate a service identifier.
  • the sending unit 133 is configured to send a response message to the GCS AS, where the response message includes a service identifier, so that the GCS AS assigns the service identifier to each GCSE group;
  • the receiving unit 131 is further configured to: receive an authorization check request sent by the UE, where the authorization check request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate;
  • the sending unit 133 is further configured to send an authorization check request to the GCS AS, to request the GCS AS to check whether the identifier of the UE is in a group communication service GCSE group corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, The authorization check for the UE is successful, and if not, the authorization check for the UE fails.
  • the GCS AS sends a request message to the BM-SC according to the number of GCSE groups managed by itself, where the request message includes the requested number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the requested
  • the number of services, the number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups of the request, and/or the number of requested services may be the same as the number of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS.
  • the receiving unit 131 receives the request message sent by the GCS AS.
  • the first generating unit 132 generates a service identifier according to the request message.
  • the sending unit 133 sends a response message to the GCS AS according to the service identifier generated by the first generating unit 132, where the response message includes a service identifier, so that the GCS AS allocates the service identifier to each group communication service GCSE group, which is equivalent to the GCS AS. There is a list of authorized UEs corresponding to the service identifier.
  • the sending unit 133 sends an authorization check request to the GCS AS to request the GCS AS to check whether the identifier of the UE is corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate.
  • the authorization check request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate.
  • the first generating unit 132 may generate a group identifier according to the request message, and may also generate a group identifier, and send the group identifier to the GCS AS, so that the GCS AS also assigns the group identifier to each GCSE group.
  • the group identification here can be understood as a mobile temporary group identification. The following examples are given:
  • the GCS AS manages two GCSE groups, and the first GCSE group includes UE1 and UE2. UE3 and UE4 are included in the second GCSE group.
  • the GCS AS assigns the group identifier (temporary mobile group identifier) and the service identifier to each GCSE group (for example, group ID 1 and service identifier 1 are grouped together).
  • the GCS AS sends an authorization check request to request the GCS AS to check whether the identity of the UE is in the GCSE group corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate. If yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful, if not, then The authorization check for the UE failed.
  • the GCSE group is not required to be a group identifier, or the group identifier is a temporary mobility group identifier generated by the BM-SC.
  • the BM that performs the authorization check on the UE when the group identifier of the GCSE is the fixed group identifier is introduced.
  • the BM-SC 140 of this embodiment includes:
  • the receiving unit 141 is configured to receive a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes a group identifier of a GCSE group;
  • the second generating unit 142 is configured to generate a service identifier and establish a mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier.
  • the receiving unit 141 is further configured to receive a service activation request sent by the UE, where the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate;
  • the BM-SC also includes:
  • the searching unit 143 is configured to search for a group identifier corresponding to the service identifier included in the service activation request.
  • the sending unit 144 is configured to send an authorization check request to the GCS AS, where the authorization check request includes the identifier of the UE and a group identifier corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, to request the GCS AS checkpoint. Whether the identifier of the UE is in the GCSE group corresponding to the group identifier corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate.
  • the GCS AS sends a request message to the BM-SC according to the number of GCSE groups managed by itself, and the request message includes a group identifier of the GCSE group, in this case, the GCS AS itself has a group.
  • the corresponding authorized UE list is identified, and the receiving unit 141 receives the request message.
  • the second generating unit 142 generates a service identifier according to the request message and establishes a mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier.
  • the searching unit 143 searches for the group identifier corresponding to the service identifier included in the service activation request, where the service activation request includes the identifier of the UE and the UE.
  • the sending unit 144 sends an authorization check request to the GCS AS, where the authorization check request includes the identifier of the UE and the group identifier corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, to request the GCS AS to check whether the identifier of the UE is The GCSE group corresponding to the found group identifier is successful. If yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful. Otherwise, the authorization check for the UE fails.
  • the GCS AS performs an authorization check on the UE, the authorization check result can be sent to the BM-SC.
  • the BM-SC may further include a receiver and a transmitter, where
  • the receiver is configured to receive a service activation request sent by the UE, where the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate;
  • the transmitter is configured to send an authorization check request to the group communication service application server GCS AS to request the GCS AS to check whether the identifier of the UE is in a group communication service GCSE group corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate. If yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful, and if not, the authorization check for the UE fails.
  • FIG. 15 is an embodiment of a method for issuing a key.
  • the method in this embodiment includes:
  • the GCS AS establishes or obtains, from the BM-SC, a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
  • the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group is established or obtained from the BM-SC, including: establishing or mapping the mapping between the MSK and the group identifier of each GCSE group from the BM-SC, establishing or The mapping relationship between the MSK and the service identifiers of the respective GCSE groups is obtained from the BM-SC, and the mapping relationship between the MSK, the group identifier of each GCSE group, and the service identifier of each GCSE group is established or obtained from the BM-SC.
  • the group identifier may be a fixed group identifier that is allocated by the GCS AS for the GCSE group or the GCSE group itself, or may be a temporary mobile group identifier generated by the BM-SC according to the request of the GCS AS, for example, TMGI.
  • each GCSE group can establish a mapping relationship with an MSK. It is also possible to establish a mapping relationship with multiple MSKs, that is, each GCSE group may have only one MSK or multiple MSKs. For ease of description, the following embodiments will be described in the case where there is only one MSK per GCSE group, and each GCSE group has only one group identifier and/or service identifier.
  • the GCS AS sends the generated MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
  • the GCS AS may generate an MSK, and obtain or obtain a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identity and/or service identifier of each GCSE group from the BM-SC, and then according to the group identity and/or service of the MSK and each GCSE group.
  • the mapping relationship of the identity is sent to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, that is, the GCS AS completes the delivery of the MSK in the scenario of partially reusing the MBMS security mechanism.
  • This embodiment is a specific description of the method for issuing a key according to the present invention.
  • the method in this embodiment includes:
  • the GCS AS sends a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes the requested number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services.
  • the group identifier of the GCSE group is the temporary mobility group identifier generated by the BM-SC.
  • the GCS AS when it is determined that the UE adopts a multicast bearer, the GCS AS sends a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message is used to request the BM-SC to allocate a service identifier and/or a group identifier, where the request message includes the requested
  • the group identifies the number and/or number of groups and/or the number of services requested.
  • the number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services may be determined by the number of groups of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS, that is, the GCS AS manages several GCSE groups, and subsequently requests several group identifiers and / or several business identifiers.
  • the GCS AS itself knows which UE belongs to which GCSE group, but each GCSE group does not have a group identifier and a service identifier, and needs to request BM-SC generation.
  • the GCS AS receives the response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes the service identifier and/or the group identifier allocated by the BM-SC.
  • the BM-SC generates a group identifier and/or a service identifier, and sends a response message to the GCS AS, where the response message includes a group identifier and/or a service identifier generated by the BM-SC, and the GCS AS receives the response message.
  • the GCS AS establishes a mapping between the MSK and the group identifier and/or service identifier of each GCSE group. relationship;
  • the GCS AS sends the MSK to the BM-SC, and sends the generated MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
  • the following examples are given:
  • the GCS AS manages two GCSE groups, the first GCSE group includes UE1 and UE2, and the second GCSE group includes UE3 and UE4.
  • the MSK is generated by the GCS AS and the group identifier and the service identifier are obtained from the BM-SC, a one-to-one mapping relationship between the MSK, the group identifier (temporary mobile group identifier), and the service identifier is established (for example, MSK1, group identifier 1, and service identifier are set).
  • the MSK2, the group identifier 2 and the service identifier 2 are grouped and assigned to the second GCSE group, and the subsequent GCS AS directly sends the generated MSK to the BM-SC. And sending the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the established mapping relationship.
  • the MSK1 is sent to the UE in the first GCSE group
  • the MSK2 is sent to the UE in the second GCSE group.
  • each MSK should also have an MSK identity and a key validity period.
  • the MSK ID and key validity period of each MSK can be generated by the GCS AS or generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS AS.
  • the GCS AS When the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK are generated by the GCS AS, the GCS AS needs to send the MSK to the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, and also needs to validate the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK. And the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK is sent to the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
  • the GCS AS When the MSK identifier and key validity period of each MSK is generated by the BM-SC and then transmitted to the GCS AS, the GCS AS also receives the MSK identifier and key of each MSK generated and transmitted by the BM-SC before step S25. Validity period.
  • the GCS AS sends the MSK to the BM-SC and the corresponding UE in the GCSE group, and also needs to send the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK to the BM-SC;
  • the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK are sent to the UEs in the corresponding GCSE group.
  • This embodiment is a specific description of the method for issuing a key according to the present invention.
  • the method in this embodiment includes:
  • the GCS AS generates an MSK according to the number of GCSE groups managed by itself, and the number of generated MSKs may be the same as the number of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS.
  • the GCS AS sends a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes the requested group identifier number and the MSK;
  • the request message is used to request the BM-SC to allocate a group identifier and/or a service identifier and establish a mapping relationship between each group identifier and/or each service identifier and each MSK.
  • the group identifier of the GCSE group is the temporary mobility group identifier generated by the BM-SC.
  • the GCS AS receives a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes a mapping relationship between each group identifier and/or each service identifier and each MSK.
  • the GCS AS sends the generated MSK to the user equipment UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identity and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
  • each MSK should also have an MSK identity and a key validity period.
  • the MSK ID and key validity period of each MSK can be generated by the GCS AS or generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS AS.
  • the GCS AS needs to send the MSK identifier of each MSK after transmitting the MSK to the BM-SC and sending the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
  • the key validity period, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK are sent to the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
  • the GCS AS When the MSK identity and key validity period of each MSK is generated by the BM-SC and then sent to the GCS AS, the GCS AS also needs to receive the MSK identifier and key of each MSK generated and transmitted by the BM-SC before step S34. Validity period.
  • the GCS AS After the MSC is sent to the BM-SC and the MSK is sent to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, the GCS AS needs to send the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK to the BM. -SC; Send the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
  • Method Embodiment 2 and Method Embodiment 3 describes a method for implementing MSK delivery when the group identifier of the GCSE group is the temporary mobility group identifier generated by the BM-SC.
  • the following two method embodiments will introduce the group identifier of the GCSE group.
  • the method for sending the MSK is implemented when the group ID is fixed.
  • the method of this embodiment includes:
  • the GCS AS can generate the MSK according to the number of GCSE groups managed by itself, and the number of generated MSKs can be the same as the number of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS.
  • the GCS AS establishes a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier of each GCSE group.
  • the GCS AS sends a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes a mapping relationship between each MSK and a group identifier of each GCSE group.
  • the GCS AS receives a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes a mapping relationship between each group identifier and each service identifier.
  • the GCS AS sends the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
  • the GCS AS establishes and stores the mapping relationship between the group identifier and the MSK of the GCSE group. After obtaining the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the group identifier from the BM-SC, the GCS AS has the MSK, the group identifier, and the service. The mapping relationship between the three parties is identified. According to the mapping relationship between the three, the GCS AS can send the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
  • the following examples are given:
  • the GCS AS manages two GCSE groups.
  • the group ID of the first GCSE group is group ID 1 (fixed group ID), the first GCSE group contains UE1 and UE2, and the group ID of the second GCSE group is group ID 2 (fixed group identification), the second GCSE group contains UE3 and UE4.
  • the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier is established (for example, the group identifier 1 and the MSK1 are a group, and the group identifier 2 and the MSK2 are a group).
  • the GCS AS After the GCS AS obtains the mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier from the BM-SC (for example, the group identifier 1 and the service identifier 1 are a group, and the group identifier 2 and the service identifier 2 are a group), the GCS AS has the MSK and the group.
  • a one-to-one mapping relationship between the identifier and the service identifier ie, MSK1, group identifier 1, and service identifier 1 as a group corresponding to the first GCSE group, MSK2, group identifier 2, and service identifier 2 as a group corresponding to the second The GCSE group
  • the subsequent GCS AS sends the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the acquired mapping relationship.
  • the MSK1 is sent to the UE in the first GCSE group
  • the MSK2 is sent to the second GCSE.
  • each MSK should also have an MSK identity and a key validity period.
  • the MSK ID and key validity period of each MSK can be generated by the GCS AS or generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS AS.
  • the GCS AS needs to send the MSK identifier of each MSK after transmitting the MSK to the BM-SC and sending the MSK to the UEs in the corresponding GCSE group. And the key validity period, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK are sent to the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
  • the GCS AS When the MSK identity and key validity period of each MSK is generated by the BM-SC and then sent to the GCS AS, before the step S45, the GCS AS also needs to receive the MSK identifier and key of each MSK generated and transmitted by the BM-SC. Validity period. In this case, after transmitting the MSK to the BM-SC and sending the MSK to the UEs in the corresponding GCSE group, the GCS AS also sends the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK to the BM. -SC; Send the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
  • the method for issuing a key in this embodiment includes:
  • the GCS AS receives a key request message sent by the BM-SC, where the key request message includes a service identifier and a requested number of MSKs.
  • the GCS AS may send a request message including the number of groups and/or the number of services to the BM-SC according to the number of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS, and the BM-SC sends the number of groups and/or the number of services sent by the GCS AS according to the number of groups and/or the number of services sent by the GCS AS.
  • a key request message where the key request message includes a service identifier and a number of MSKs requested, and the GCS AS receives the key request message.
  • the GCS AS generates an MSK.
  • the GCS AS establishes a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or service identifier of each GCSE group.
  • the GCS AS sends the MSK to the BM-SC, and sends the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
  • each MSK should also have an MSK identity and a key validity period.
  • the MSK ID and key validity period of each MSK can be generated by the GCS AS or generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS AS.
  • the GCS AS When the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK are generated by the GCS AS, the GCS AS needs to send the MSK to the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, and also needs to validate the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK. And the group identification and/or industry of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK.
  • the service identifier is sent to the BM-SC and the UE within the corresponding GCSE group.
  • the GCS AS When the MSK identity and key validity period of each MSK is generated by the BM-SC and then sent to the GCS AS, before the step S54, the GCS AS also needs to receive the MSK identifier and key of each MSK generated and transmitted by the BM-SC. Validity period.
  • the sending unit 55 sends the MSK to the BM-SC and the corresponding UE in the GCSE group, and also sends the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK to the BM-SC;
  • the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK are sent to the UEs in the corresponding GCSE group.
  • the foregoing method embodiments describe the MSK delivery method.
  • the following method embodiments will describe a method for updating the MSK after the MSK is delivered.
  • the MSK update method in this embodiment includes:
  • step S61 The GCS AS determines, according to the preset rule, whether the MSK needs to be updated; if yes, step S62 is performed; otherwise, step S64 is performed to end the processing;
  • the preset rule includes joining and/or leaving of the UE in the GCSE group, or MSK to the validity period.
  • the GCS AS sends a first key update message to the BM-SC, and sends a second key update message to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, so that the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group update the key.
  • the new MSK is included in the first key update message and the second key update message.
  • the new MSK should also have an MSK identity and a key validity period.
  • the MSK identifier and the key validity period of the new MSK may be generated by the GCS AS or generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS AS.
  • the GCS AS When the MSK identifier and the key validity period of the new MSK are generated by the GCS AS, the GCS AS also generates an MSK identifier and a key validity period of the new MSK before transmitting the first key update message.
  • the first key update message and the second key update message further include: an MSK identifier of the new MSK and a key validity period, and a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK. .
  • the GCS AS When the MSK identifier and the key validity period of the new MSK are generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS AS, the GCS AS also receives the BM-SC before sending the first key update message to the BM-SC.
  • the first key update message further includes: a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK; and the second key update message includes: the MSK identifier and the secret of the new MSK Key validity period, the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK.
  • Method Embodiment 6 describes a method for the GCS AS to perform MSK update by itself.
  • the method embodiment 7 will describe a method for triggering the GCS AS for MSK update by the BM-SC.
  • the MSK update method in this embodiment includes:
  • the GCS AS receives a key update trigger message sent by the BM-SC, where the key update trigger message includes a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group and/or an MSK identifier of the MSK that needs to be updated.
  • the BM-SC may determine whether the MSK needs to be updated, and the criterion for determining is, for example, a key to an expiration date. If the MSK needs to be updated, the BM-SC sends a key update trigger message to the GCS AS.
  • the new MSK should also have an MSK identity and a key validity period.
  • the MSK identifier and the key validity period of the new MSK may be generated by the GCS AS or generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS AS.
  • the GCS AS When the MSK identifier and the key validity period of the new MSK are generated by the GCS AS, the GCS AS also generates the MSK identifier and the key validity period of the new MSK before transmitting the third key update message to the BM-SC.
  • the third key update message and the fourth key update message further include: an MSK identifier of the new MSK and a key validity period, a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK .
  • the GCS AS When the MSK identifier and the key validity period of the new MSK are generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS AS, the GCS AS also receives the BM-SC transmission before sending the third key update message to the BM-SC.
  • the third key update message further includes: a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK; the fourth key is further
  • the new message includes: an MSK identifier of the new MSK and a key validity period, and a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK.
  • the above seven method embodiments describe the method for the MSK to be sent by the GCS AS when the MSK is generated by the GCS AS.
  • the following method embodiment describes the method for the GCS AS to implement the MSK when the MSK is generated by the BM-SC.
  • the method of this embodiment includes:
  • the GCS AS acquires the MSK from the BM-SC;
  • the GCS AS establishes a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each group communication service GCSE group.
  • the GCS AS sends the generated MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
  • the GCS AS may obtain the MSK from the BM-SC, establish a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifiers and/or service identifiers of the respective GCSE groups, and then map according to the group identifier and/or service identifier of the MSK group and each GCSE group.
  • the relationship is sent to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, that is, the GCS AS completes the delivery of the MSK in the scenario of partially reusing the MBMS security mechanism.
  • a specific embodiment of the method for the GCS AS to implement the MSK delivery includes:
  • the GCS AS sends a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes the requested number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services.
  • the GCS AS may send a request message to the BM-SC according to the number of GCSE groups managed by itself, and the number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups requested in the request message and/or the number of requested services may be managed by the GCS AS.
  • the number of GCSE groups is the same.
  • the request message is used to request the BM-SC to allocate the MSK and the service identifier and/or the group identifier.
  • the request message is further used to request the BM-SC to generate an MSK identifier and a key validity period for each MSK.
  • the GCS AS receives the response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes the MSK and the service identifier and/or the group identifier allocated by the BM-SC.
  • the response message further includes an MSK identifier and a key validity period of each MSK.
  • the GCS AS establishes a group identity and/or service of the MSK and each group communication service GCSE group.
  • the GCS AS sends the generated MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
  • the GCS AS also sends the identifiers and key validity periods of the respective MSKs, and the group identifiers and/or service identifiers of the GCSE groups corresponding to the respective MSKs to the UEs in the corresponding GCSE group.
  • the mapping relationship itself utilizes the MSK, the group identifier, and The service identifier itself is represented. Therefore, the mapping relationship includes the MSK, the group identifier, the service identifier itself, and the mapping relationship between the three. Of course, in other embodiments, the mapping relationship may also be represented by the identifier of the MSK, the group identifier, and other information of the service identifier.
  • the mapping relationship should also be The MSK, group identification and service identifier involved are sent to the GCS AS.
  • the various mapping relationships established by the GCS AS can be understood as that the GCS AS establishes a mapping relationship by using the MSK, the group identifier, and the service identifier itself, and can also understand The GCS AS establishes a mapping relationship by using the information of the MSK identifier, the group identifier, and the service identifier, and is not specifically limited herein.
  • the method for performing authorization check on the UE provided by the present invention is introduced below.
  • the method of this embodiment includes:
  • the BM-SC establishes a list of authorized UEs corresponding to the service identifier according to the authorized UE list establishment request sent by the GCS AS.
  • the BM-SC receives a service activation request sent by the UE, where the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate.
  • the BM-SC checks whether the identifier of the UE is in the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, and if yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful, if not, the The authorization check of the UE failed.
  • the BM-SC may establish an authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list establishment request sent by the GCS AS, so that after receiving the service activation request sent by the UE, the MME may directly implement the UE according to the authorized UE list established by the UE.
  • Authorization check which realizes the service authorization of the BM-SC to the UE in the scenario of completely reusing the MBMS security mechanism when the BM-SC is invisible to the GCSE group. an examination.
  • This embodiment is a detailed description of the method for performing the authorization check on the UE in the present invention. Referring to FIG. 25, the method in this embodiment includes:
  • the BM-SC receives a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes the number of requested group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services.
  • the GCS AS sends a request message to the BM-SC according to the number of GCSE groups managed by itself, and the number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services of the request may be related to the GCSE group managed by the GCS AS.
  • the number is the same.
  • the BM-SC generates a service identifier.
  • the GCS AS itself knows which UE belongs to which GCSE group, but each GCSE group does not have a group identifier and a service identifier, and therefore needs to request BM-SC generation.
  • the BM-SC sends a response message to the GCS AS, where the response message includes a service identifier, so that the GCS AS allocates the service identifier to each GCSE group.
  • the BM-SC may generate a group identifier according to the request message, and may also generate a group identifier, and send the group identifier to the GCS AS, so that the GCS AS also assigns the group identifier to each GCSE group.
  • the group identification here can be understood as a mobile temporary group identification.
  • the BM-SC establishes a list of authorized UEs corresponding to the service identifier according to the authorized UE list establishment request sent by the GCS AS.
  • the authorized UE list establishment request is sent according to the UE included in each GCSE group, where the authorized UE list establishment request includes the service identifier of the GCSE group and the identifier of the corresponding authorized UE. .
  • the authorized UE list corresponding to each service identifier includes the identifier of the corresponding UE.
  • the BM-SC receives a service activation request sent by the GCS AS.
  • the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate.
  • the BM-SC checks whether the identifier of the UE is in the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate. If yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful. If not, the authorization for the UE is performed. The check failed;
  • the BM-SC receives an authorized UE list update request sent by the GCS AS.
  • the BM-SC updates the corresponding authorized UE list.
  • the BM-SC may send the authorized UE list update request to the BM-SC, where the MME-SC receives the authorized UE list update request, and the authorized UE list update request includes the service identifier and the UE. Identifying, deleting, and/or adding an indication; the BM-SC updates the corresponding authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list update request.
  • the following examples are given:
  • the GCS AS manages two GCSE groups, the first GCSE group includes UE1 and UE2, and the second GCSE group includes UE3 and UE4.
  • the GCS AS assigns the group identifier (temporary mobile group identifier) and the service identifier to each GCSE group (for example, group ID 1 and service identifier 1 are grouped together).
  • group ID 1 and service identifier 1 are grouped together.
  • group ID 2 and service identifier 2 are grouped and assigned to the second GCSE group, and the subsequent GCS AS sends an authorized UE list establishment request to the BM-SC, where the request includes the GCSE group.
  • the service identifier and the identifier of the corresponding authorized UE (such as the service identifier 1 and the identifiers of the UE1 and the UE2, the service identifier 2, and the identifiers of the UE3 and the UE4).
  • the BM-SC establishes an authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier (that is, the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier 1 includes the UE1 and the UE2, and the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier 2 includes the UE3 and the UE4).
  • the BM-SC When the BM-SC receives the service activation request sent by the UE, it can find and determine whether the identifier of the UE is in the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, and if so, The authorization check of the UE is successful. If not, the authorization check of the UE fails.
  • the GCSE group does not need the group identifier, or the group identifier is the temporary mobile group identifier generated by the BM-SC.
  • the BM-SC authorizes the UE when the group identifier of the GCSE is the fixed group identifier.
  • the method of this embodiment includes:
  • the BM-SC receives a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes a group identifier of the GCSE group.
  • the GCS AS sends a request message to the BM-SC according to the number of GCSE groups that it manages.
  • the request message includes the group identifier of the GCSE group, and the number of group identifiers is the same as the number of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS.
  • the BM-SC generates a service identifier and establishes a mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier.
  • the BM-SC establishes an authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list establishment request sent by the GCS AS, where the authorized UE list establishment request includes the group identifier of the GCSE group and the corresponding authorized UE.
  • the GCS AS sends an authorized UE list establishment request according to the UE included in each GCSE group, where the authorized UE list establishment request includes the group identifier of the GCSE group and the identifier of the corresponding authorized UE.
  • the BM-SC searches for the service identifier corresponding to the group identifier included in the authorized UE list establishment request according to the mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier, and establishes the list of authorized UEs corresponding to the found service identifier.
  • the authorized UE list contains the identifier of the corresponding UE.
  • the BM-SC receives a service activation request sent by the UE.
  • the service activation request includes the identifier of the UE and the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate.
  • the BM-SC checks whether the identifier of the UE is in the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate. If yes, the authorization check for the UE succeeds. If not, the MME-SC The authorization check of the UE fails.
  • the BM-SC updates the corresponding authorized UE list.
  • the BM-SC may send an authorized UE list update request, and the BM-SC receives the authorized UE list update request, where the authorized UE list update request includes the service identifier and/or The group identifier, the identifier of the UE, the deletion, and/or the addition indication; the BM-SC updates the corresponding authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list update request.
  • Embodiments 11 and 12 describe a method in which the BM-SC itself establishes an authorized UE list, thereby implementing an authorization check on the UE.
  • the following embodiment will describe that the BM-SC itself does not establish an authorized UE list, but needs to be a UE. The method of performing an authorization check.
  • the method of this embodiment includes:
  • the BM-SC receives a service activation request sent by the UE, where the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate.
  • the BM-SC after receiving the service activation request sent by the UE, the BM-SC sends an authorization check request to the GCS AS to request the GCS AS to perform an authorization check on the UE, so that the BM-SC implements the authorization check.
  • the BM-SC checks the service authorization of the UE in the scenario of completely reusing the MBMS security mechanism.
  • This embodiment is a detailed description of a method in which the BM-SC does not establish an authorized UE list, but needs to perform an authorization check on the UE.
  • the method in this embodiment includes:
  • the BM-SC receives the request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes the requested number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services.
  • the GCS AS sends a request message to the BM-SC according to the number of GCSE groups that it manages, where the request message includes the number of requested group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services, the requested The number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services may be the same as the number of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS, and the BM-SC receives the request message sent by the GCS AS.
  • the BM-SC generates a service identifier.
  • the BM-SC sends a response message to the GCS AS, where the response message includes a service identifier, so that the GCS AS assigns the service identifier to each GCSE group.
  • the GCS AS is equivalent to having a list of authorized UEs corresponding to the service identifier.
  • the BM-SC may generate a group identifier according to the request message, and may also generate a group identifier, and send the group identifier to the GCS AS, so that the GCS AS also assigns the group identifier to each GCSE group.
  • the group identification here can be understood as a mobile temporary group identification.
  • the BM-SC receives an authorization check request sent by the UE, where the authorization check request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate.
  • the BM-SC sends an authorization check request to the GCS AS to request the GCS AS to check whether the identifier of the UE is in a group communication service GCSE group corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate.
  • the authorization check for the UE is successful, and if not, the authorization check for the UE fails.
  • the authorization check result can be sent to the BM-SC.
  • the GCS AS manages two GCSE groups, the first GCSE group includes UE1 and UE2, and the second GCSE group includes UE3 and UE4.
  • the GCS AS assigns the group identifier (temporary mobile group identifier) and the service identifier to each GCSE group (for example, group ID 1 and service identifier 1 are grouped together).
  • group ID 1 and service identifier 1 are grouped together.
  • group ID 1 and service identifier 1 are grouped together.
  • the group identifier 2 and the service identifier 2 are grouped and assigned to the second GCSE group.
  • the BM-SC may send an authorization check request to the GCS AS to request
  • the GCS AS checks whether the identity of the UE is in the GCSE group corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate. If yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful. If not, the authorization check for the UE fails.
  • the GCSE group is not required to be the group identifier, or the group identifier is the temporary mobility group identifier generated by the BM-SC.
  • the method for performing the authorization check on the UE when the group identifier of the GCSE is the fixed group identifier is introduced. Referring to FIG. 29, the method of this embodiment includes:
  • the BM-SC receives a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes a group identifier of the GCSE group.
  • the GCS AS may send a request message to the BM-SC according to the number of the GCSE groups that it manages, where the request message includes the group identifier of the GCSE group.
  • the GCS AS itself has a group identifier corresponding to the group. Authorize the list of UEs.
  • S153 Receive a service activation request sent by the UE, where the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate.
  • the device sends an authorization check request to the GCS AS, where the authorization check request includes the identifier of the UE and a group identifier corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, to request the GCS AS to check the UE. Whether the identifier is in the GCSE group corresponding to the group identifier corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate.
  • the authorization check result can be sent to the BM-SC.
  • the disclosed apparatus may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or may be Integrate into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be electrical or otherwise.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present invention which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium.
  • a number of instructions are included to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a Read-Only Memory (ROM), a Random Access Memory (RAM), a removable hard disk, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Embodiments of the present invention provide a key issuing method, a method for implementing authorization checking on a UE, and related devices. The key issuing method comprises: generating a multimedia broadcast multicast service key (MSK); establishing or acquiring, from a broadcast multicast service center (BM-SC), a mapping between the MSK and a group identifier and/or a service identifier of each group communication service enabler (GCSE) group; and sending the generated MSK to a user equipment (UE) in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group. According to the embodiments of the present invention, in the precondition that the BM-SC is invisible to the GCSE group, it is ensured that the service authorization checking on the UE is realized by the BM-SC in a scenario where an MBMS security mechanism is completely reused, and the MSK can be issued by a GCS AS in a scenario where the MBMS security mechanism is partially reused, so that the communication security can be guaranteed by means of the MBMS security mechanism.

Description

密钥下发方法、对UE进行授权检查的方法及相关设备Key issuing method, method for authorizing authentication of UE, and related device
本申请要求于2014年10月31日提交中国专利局、申请号为201410608570.9、发明名称为“密钥下发方法、对UE进行授权检查的方法及相关设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese Patent Application filed on October 31, 2014, the Chinese Patent Application No. 201410608570.9, the invention entitled "Key Issuance Method, Method for Authorizing Inspection of the UE and Related Equipment", which The entire contents are incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本发明实施例涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种密钥下发方法、对UE进行授权检查的方法及相关设备。The embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a method for issuing a key, a method for performing an authorization check on a UE, and related devices.
背景技术Background technique
多媒体广播多播业务(Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service,MBMS)是第三代合作伙伴项目(The 3rd Generation Partnership Project,3GPP)R6中定义的多媒体广播组播功能。The Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service (MBMS) is a multimedia broadcast multicast function defined in The 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) R6.
MBMS支持多媒体广播业务和组播业务两种模式,既可以将多媒体视频信息直接向所有用户广播,也可以发送给一组收费的签约用户收看,可以帮助运营商开展多媒体广告、免费和收费电视频道、彩信群发等多种商业应用。运营商以较低的网络部署成本就可开展手机电视业务。MBMS supports two modes: multimedia broadcast service and multicast service. It can broadcast multimedia video information directly to all users or to a group of paid subscription users. It can help operators to carry out multimedia advertisements, free and paid TV channels. , MMS group and other commercial applications. Operators can launch mobile TV services at a lower network deployment cost.
MBMS对现有通信网络主要的改动是:增加广播组播业务中心(Broadcast Multicast Service Center,BM-SC),对现有分组交换(Packet Switch,PS)域相关网元进行MBMS功能升级,以支持MBMS特有接口功能(如Gmb)、特有信道、特有物理层过程和特有业务流程(如订阅)。The main changes to the existing communication network of MBMS are: increase the Broadcast Multicast Service Center (BM-SC), and upgrade the MBMS function of the existing packet switching (PS) domain related network elements to support MBMS-specific interface features (such as Gmb), unique channels, unique physical layer procedures, and unique business processes such as subscriptions.
BM-SC可实现对MBMS业务的提供与管理。对于内容提供方,BM-SC是MBMS业务内容的入口;对于承载网络,BM-SC负责授权、发起MBMS业务,以及调度、传输MBMS业务内容。作为MBMS的核心功能实体,BM-SC包括5部分功能:BM-SC can provide and manage MBMS services. For the content provider, the BM-SC is the entry of the MBMS service content; for the bearer network, the BM-SC is responsible for authorizing, initiating the MBMS service, and scheduling and transmitting the MBMS service content. As the core functional entity of MBMS, BM-SC includes 5 parts of functions:
1)成员关系功能:负责保存用户的订阅信息,对用户设备(User Equipment,UE)加入MBMS业务进行授权处理,以及产生计费记录。1) Membership function: Responsible for saving the subscription information of the user, authorizing the user equipment (User Equipment, UE) to join the MBMS service, and generating the charging record.
2)会话与传输功能:负责发起和终止MBMS会话,对外部内容提供方进行授权认证,并负责接收和发送MBMS业务数据。2) Session and transmission function: responsible for initiating and terminating the MBMS session, authorizing the external content provider, and receiving and transmitting the MBMS service data.
3)代理与转发功能:在控制面上BM-SC是内部各个功能与网关通用分组 无线服务支持节点(Gateway General Packet Radio Service Support Node,GGSN)之间进行信令交互的代理,在用户面上是会话与传输功能向GGSN传送MBMS业务数据的桥梁。3) Proxy and forwarding function: On the control plane, BM-SC is a common grouping of internal functions and gateways. A proxy for signaling interaction between the Gateway General Packet Radio Service Support Node (GGSN) is a bridge between the session and the transmission function to transmit MBMS service data to the GGSN on the user plane.
4)业务声明功能:负责向UE提供MBMS业务信息,包括媒体说明(如:视频类型、声音编码)和会话说明(如:业务标识、地址、播放时间)。4) Service declaration function: It is responsible for providing MBMS service information to the UE, including media description (such as video type, voice coding) and session description (such as service identification, address, and play time).
5)安全功能:为MBMS业务数据提供完整性和私密性保护,向已获MBMS授权的UE提供密钥。5) Security function: Provide integrity and privacy protection for MBMS service data, and provide keys to UEs that have been authorized by MBMS.
BM-SC通过两个控制面接口(Gmb接口、Mz接口)实现对MBMS业务的控制。其中Gmb接口支持GGSN与BM-SC之间的信令交互,是MBMS承载业务的边缘;Mz接口支持在不同的BM-SC之间进行信令交互,为MBMS业务提供跨BM-SC漫游的能力。这两个接口上所交互的信令包括:MBMS承载相关(如:MBMS会话开始、停止)和MBMS用户相关(如:授权、MBMS业务激活)两类。此外BM-SC通过Gi接口传送MBMS业务数据。The BM-SC implements control of the MBMS service through two control plane interfaces (Gmb interface, Mz interface). The Gmb interface supports the signaling interaction between the GGSN and the BM-SC, which is the edge of the MBMS bearer service; the Mz interface supports signaling interaction between different BM-SCs, and provides the capability of roaming across the BM-SC for the MBMS service. . The signaling that is exchanged on the two interfaces includes: MBMS bearer related (eg, MBMS session start and stop) and MBMS user related (eg, authorization, MBMS service activation). In addition, the BM-SC transmits MBMS service data through the Gi interface.
基于长期演进的组通信服务(Group Communication Service Enabler over Long Term Evolution,GCSE_LTE)是基于LTE网络的集群通信,可以通过单播承载或者多播承载来实现,可以通过MBMS来实现多播承载的建立。目前SA2确定由组通信服务应用服务器(Group Communication Service Enabler Application Server,GCS AS)进行组通信服务(Group Communication Service Enabler,GCSE)群组管理,群组管理通过应用层信令实现。这样的话,当选择多播承载时,BM-SC对GCSE群组不可见。不同的GCSE群组内传输的内容可能不同,需要为不同的群组通信分配不同业务标识(例如一个警察局工作人员作为一个GCSE群组,一个消防队工作人员作为一个GCSE群组,警察局和消防队群组通信内容不同,需要不同的业务标识实现群组内的组播/多播业务),GCSE群组成员接入相应的业务标识来接收数据。The Group Communication Service Enabler over Long Term Evolution (GCSE_LTE) is a cluster communication based on the LTE network, and can be implemented by using a unicast bearer or a multicast bearer. The multicast bearer can be established through MBMS. At present, the SA2 determines that the Group Communication Service Enabler Application Server (GCS AS) performs Group Communication Service Enabler (GCSE) group management, and the group management is implemented by application layer signaling. In this case, when the multicast bearer is selected, the BM-SC is not visible to the GCSE group. The content transmitted in different GCSE groups may be different, and different service identifiers need to be assigned to different group communications (eg one police station staff member as a GCSE group, one fire brigade staff member as a GCSE group, police station and The fire brigade group communication content is different, and different service identifiers are required to implement multicast/multicast services within the group. The GCSE group members access the corresponding service identifiers to receive data.
即在基于LTE网络的集群通信中,由GCS AS进行GCSE群组管理,BM-SC对GCSE群组不可见。如果完全重用MBMS机制(BM-SC执行提供MBMS业务的全部流程),BM-SC上无法对请求该业务的UE进行授权检查;如果重用部分MBMS机制(BM-SC执行提供MBMS业务的部分流程,GCS AS执行提供MBMS业务的另一部分流程),则BM-SC下发MSK的功能将放在GCS AS上,GCS AS如何实现MSK的下发是一个亟待解决的问题。 That is, in the cluster communication based on the LTE network, the GCSE group management is performed by the GCS AS, and the BM-SC is invisible to the GCSE group. If the MBMS mechanism is completely reused (the BM-SC performs the entire process of providing the MBMS service), the BM-SC cannot perform the authorization check on the UE requesting the service; if the partial MBMS mechanism is reused (the BM-SC performs part of the process of providing the MBMS service, The GCS AS performs another part of the process of providing the MBMS service. The function of the BM-SC to deliver the MSK will be placed on the GCS AS. How the GCS AS implements the MSK is an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容Summary of the invention
有鉴于此,本发明实施例提供了一种密钥下发方法、对UE进行授权检查的方法及相关设备,能够在BM-SC对GCSE群组不可见的前提下,确保完全重用MBMS安全机制场景下BM-SC实现对UE的业务授权检查,以及部分重用MBMS安全机制场景下GCS AS完成MSK的下发,使得MBMS安全机制可以用来保证通信的安全。In view of this, the embodiment of the present invention provides a method for issuing a key, a method for performing an authorization check on a UE, and related devices, which can ensure complete reuse of the MBMS security mechanism on the premise that the BM-SC is invisible to the GCSE group. In the scenario, the BM-SC implements the service authorization check for the UE, and the GCS AS performs the MSK delivery in the scenario of partially reusing the MBMS security mechanism, so that the MBMS security mechanism can be used to ensure communication security.
第一方面,本发明实施例提供的组通信服务应用服务器GCS AS,包括:In a first aspect, the group communication service application server GCS AS provided by the embodiment of the present invention includes:
MSK生成单元,用于生成多媒体广播多播业务密钥MSK;An MSK generating unit, configured to generate a multimedia broadcast multicast service key MSK;
处理单元,用于建立或从广播组播业务中心BM-SC获取MSK与各个组通信服务GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系;a processing unit, configured to establish or obtain, from the broadcast multicast service center BM-SC, a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each group communication service GCSE group;
发送单元,用于根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将生成的MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的用户设备UE。And a sending unit, configured to send the generated MSK to the user equipment UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第一种实施方式中,所述发送单元还用于,在所述MSK生成单元生成MSK之前,向所述BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数,所述请求消息用于请求所述BM-SC分配业务标识和/或组标识;With reference to the first aspect, in a first implementation manner of the first aspect, the sending unit is further configured to: before the MSK generating unit generates an MSK, send a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message is And including the requested number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services, where the request message is used to request the BM-SC to allocate a service identifier and/or a group identifier;
所述GCS AS还包括:The GCS AS also includes:
第一接收单元,用于接收所述BM-SC发送的响应消息,所述响应消息中包含所述BM-SC分配的业务标识和/或组标识;a first receiving unit, configured to receive a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes a service identifier and/or a group identifier allocated by the BM-SC;
所述发送单元还用于,在所述处理单元建立MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系之后,将MSK发送给所述BM-SC。The sending unit is further configured to: after the processing unit establishes a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group, send the MSK to the BM-SC.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第二种实施方式中,所述发送单元还用于,在所述MSK生成单元生成MSK之后,向所述BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和MSK,所述请求消息用于请求所述BM-SC分配组标识和/或业务标识并建立各个组标识和/或各个业务标识与各个MSK的映射关系;With reference to the first aspect, in a second implementation manner of the first aspect, the sending unit is further configured to: after the MSK generating unit generates an MSK, send a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message is Include the number of the requested group identifiers and the MSK, the request message is used to request the BM-SC to allocate a group identifier and/or a service identifier, and establish a mapping relationship between each group identifier and/or each service identifier and each MSK;
所述处理单元具体用于,接收所述BM-SC发送的响应消息,所述响应消息中包含各个组标识和/或各个业务标识与各个MSK的映射关系。The processing unit is configured to receive a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes a mapping relationship between each group identifier and/or each service identifier and each MSK.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第三种实施方式中,所述GCS AS还包括:In conjunction with the first aspect, in a third implementation manner of the first aspect, the GCS AS further includes:
映射建立单元,用于在所述MSK生成单元生成MSK之后,建立MSK与 各个GCSE组的组标识的映射关系;a mapping establishing unit, configured to establish an MSK and after the MSK generating unit generates the MSK Mapping relationship of group identifiers of each GCSE group;
所述发送单元还用于,向所述BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含各个MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识的映射关系,所述请求消息用于请求所述BM-SC分配业务标识并建立各个业务标识与各个组标识的映射关系;The sending unit is further configured to send a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes a mapping relationship between each MSK and a group identifier of each GCSE group, where the request message is used to request the BM-SC allocation. The service identifier is used to establish a mapping relationship between each service identifier and each group identifier.
所述处理单元具体用于,接收所述BM-SC发送的响应消息,所述响应消息中包含各个组标识与各个业务标识的映射关系。The processing unit is configured to receive a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes a mapping relationship between each group identifier and each service identifier.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第四种实施方式中,所述GCS AS还包括:In conjunction with the first aspect, in a fourth implementation manner of the first aspect, the GCS AS further includes:
第二接收单元,用于在所述MSK生成单元生成MSK前,接收所述BM-SC发送的密钥请求消息,所述密钥请求消息中包含业务标识和请求的MSK个数;a second receiving unit, configured to receive a key request message sent by the BM-SC before the MSK generating unit generates an MSK, where the key request message includes a service identifier and a requested number of MSKs;
所述发送单元还用于,在所述处理单元建立MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系之后,将MSK发送给所述BM-SC。The sending unit is further configured to: after the processing unit establishes a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group, send the MSK to the BM-SC.
结合第一方面的第一种实施方式,或第一方面的第二种实施方式,或第一方面的第三种实施方式,或第一方面的第四种实施方式,在第一方面的第五种实施方式中,所述MSK生成单元还用于,为每个MSK生成MSK标识及密钥有效期;With reference to the first embodiment of the first aspect, or the second embodiment of the first aspect, or the third embodiment of the first aspect, or the fourth embodiment of the first aspect, in the first aspect In the fifth implementation manner, the MSK generating unit is further configured to generate an MSK identifier and a key validity period for each MSK;
所述发送单元还用于,在将MSK发送给所述BM-SC的同时或之后以及将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE时,还将各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给所述BM-SC和对应GCSE组内的UE。The sending unit is further configured to: when the MSK is sent to the BM-SC, or after sending the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and each MSK. The group identifier and/or service identifier of the corresponding GCSE group is sent to the UE in the BM-SC and the corresponding GCSE group.
结合第一方面的第一种实施方式,或第一方面的第二种实施方式,或第一方面的第三种实施方式,或第一方面的第四种实施方式,在第一方面的第六种实施方式中,所述GCS AS还包括:With reference to the first embodiment of the first aspect, or the second embodiment of the first aspect, or the third embodiment of the first aspect, or the fourth embodiment of the first aspect, in the first aspect In the six implementation manners, the GCS AS further includes:
第三接收单元,用于在所述发送单元根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将生成的MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE之前,接收所述BM-SC发送的各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,所述各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由BM-SC生成;a third receiving unit, configured to: before the sending unit sends the generated MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group, receiving the BM-SC sending The MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the MSK identifier and key validity period of each MSK are generated by the BM-SC;
所述发送单元还用于,在将MSK发送给所述BM-SC的同时或之后以及将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE时,还将各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给所述BM-SC;将各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给对应 GCSE组内的UE。The sending unit is further configured to: when the MSK is sent to the BM-SC, or after sending the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, the group identifier and/or service of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK. The identifier is sent to the BM-SC; the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK are sent to the corresponding UEs within the GCSE group.
结合第一方面,或第一方面的第一种实施方式,或第一方面的第二种实施方式,或第一方面的第三种实施方式,或第一方面的第四种实施方式,在第一方面的第七种实施方式中,所述GCS AS还包括:With reference to the first aspect, or the first embodiment of the first aspect, or the second embodiment of the first aspect, or the third embodiment of the first aspect, or the fourth embodiment of the first aspect, In a seventh implementation manner of the first aspect, the GCS AS further includes:
判断单元,用于根据预设规则判断MSK是否需要更新;a determining unit, configured to determine, according to a preset rule, whether the MSK needs to be updated;
所述MSK生成单元还用于,在所述判断单元的判断结果为是时,生成新的MSK;The MSK generating unit is further configured to: when the determining result of the determining unit is yes, generate a new MSK;
所述发送单元还用于,向所述BM-SC发送第一密钥更新消息,向对应GCSE组内的UE发送第二密钥更新消息,以使得所述BM-SC及对应GCSE组内的UE更新密钥,所述第一密钥更新消息及所述第二密钥更新消息中包含所述新的MSK。The sending unit is further configured to send a first key update message to the BM-SC, and send a second key update message to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, so that the BM-SC and the corresponding GCSE group The UE updates the key, and the new MSK is included in the first key update message and the second key update message.
结合第一方面的第七种实施方式,在第一方面的第八种实施方式中,所述预设规则包括所述GCSE组内UE的加入和/或离开,或者MSK到有效期。With reference to the seventh implementation manner of the first aspect, in the eighth implementation manner of the first aspect, the preset rule includes the joining and/or leaving of the UE in the GCSE group, or the MSK to the validity period.
结合第一方面的第七种实施方式,在第一方面的第九种实施方式中,所述MSK生成单元还用于,在所述发送单元向所述BM-SC发送第一密钥更新消息之前,生成所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期;With reference to the seventh embodiment of the first aspect, in a ninth implementation manner of the first aspect, the MSK generating unit is further configured to: send, by the sending unit, a first key update message to the BM-SC Before generating the MSK identifier and the key validity period of the new MSK;
所述第一密钥更新消息及所述第二密钥更新消息还包含:所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,所述新的MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识。The first key update message and the second key update message further include: an MSK identifier of the new MSK and a key validity period, and a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK. .
结合第一方面的第七种实施方式,在第一方面的第十种实施方式中,所述GCS AS还包括:With reference to the seventh embodiment of the first aspect, in a tenth implementation manner of the first aspect, the GCS AS further includes:
第四接收单元,用于在所述发送单元向所述BM-SC发送第一密钥更新消息之前,接收所述BM-SC发送的所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期;a fourth receiving unit, configured to receive an MSK identifier and a key validity period of the new MSK sent by the BM-SC before the sending unit sends the first key update message to the BM-SC;
所述第一密钥更新消息中还包含:所述新的MSK对应的GCSE的组标识和/或业务标识;所述第二密钥更新消息中包含:所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,所述新的MSK对应的GCSE的组标识和/或业务标识。The first key update message further includes: a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK; and the second key update message includes: the MSK identifier and the secret of the new MSK Key validity period, the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK.
结合第一方面,或第一方面的第一种实施方式,或第一方面的第二种实施方式,或第一方面的第三种实施方式,或第一方面的第四种实施方式,在第一方面的第十一种实施方式中,所述GCS AS还包括:With reference to the first aspect, or the first embodiment of the first aspect, or the second embodiment of the first aspect, or the third embodiment of the first aspect, or the fourth embodiment of the first aspect, In an eleventh implementation manner of the first aspect, the GCS AS further includes:
第五接收单元,用于接收所述BM-SC下发的密钥更新触发消息,所述密 钥更新触发消息中包含GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识和/或需要更新的MSK的MSK标识;a fifth receiving unit, configured to receive a key update trigger message sent by the BM-SC, where the secret is The key update trigger message includes a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group and/or an MSK identifier of the MSK that needs to be updated;
所述MSK生成单元还用于,生成新的MSK;The MSK generating unit is further configured to generate a new MSK;
所述发送单元还用于,向所述BM-SC发送第三密钥更新消息,向对应GCSE组内的UE发送第四密钥更新消息,以使得所述BM-SC及对应GCSE组内的UE更新密钥,所述第三密钥更新消息及所述第四密钥更新消息中包含所述新的MSK。The sending unit is further configured to send a third key update message to the BM-SC, and send a fourth key update message to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, so that the BM-SC and the corresponding GCSE group The UE updates the key, and the third key update message and the fourth key update message include the new MSK.
结合第一方面的第十一种实施方式,在第一方面的第十二种实施方式中,所述MSK生成单元还用于,在所述发送单元向所述BM-SC发送第三密钥更新消息之前,生成所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期;With reference to the eleventh embodiment of the first aspect, in a twelfth implementation manner of the first aspect, the MSK generating unit is further configured to: send, by the sending unit, a third key to the BM-SC Before updating the message, generating an MSK identifier and a key validity period of the new MSK;
所述第三密钥更新消息及所述第四密钥更新消息还包含:所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,所述新的MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识。The third key update message and the fourth key update message further include: an MSK identifier of the new MSK and a key validity period, a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK .
结合第一方面的第十一种实施方式,在第一方面的第十三种实施方式中,所述GCS AS还包括:With reference to the eleventh embodiment of the first aspect, in the thirteenth implementation manner of the first aspect, the GCS AS further includes:
第六接收单元,用于在所述发送单元向所述BM-SC发送第三密钥更新消息之前,接收所述BM-SC发送的所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期;a sixth receiving unit, configured to receive, after the sending unit sends a third key update message to the BM-SC, an MSK identifier and a key validity period of the new MSK sent by the BM-SC;
所述第三密钥更新消息中还包含:所述新的MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识;所述第四密钥更新消息中还包含:所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,所述新的MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识。The third key update message further includes: a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK; and the fourth key update message further includes: the MSK identifier of the new MSK And a key validity period, a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK.
第二方面,本发明实施例提供的GCS AS,包括:In a second aspect, the GCS AS provided by the embodiment of the present invention includes:
获取单元,用于从广播组播业务中心BM-SC获取多媒体广播多播业务密钥MSK;An obtaining unit, configured to acquire a multimedia broadcast multicast service key MSK from a broadcast multicast service center BM-SC;
映射建立单元,用于建立MSK与各个组通信服务GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系;a mapping establishing unit, configured to establish a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each group communication service GCSE group;
发送单元,用于根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将生成的MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的用户设备UE。And a sending unit, configured to send the generated MSK to the user equipment UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第一种实施方式中,所述发送单元还用于,在所述获取单元从所述BM-SC获取MSK之前,向所述BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数,所 述请求消息用于请求所述BM-SC分配MSK及业务标识和/或组标识;With reference to the second aspect, in a first implementation manner of the second aspect, the sending unit is further configured to: before the acquiring unit acquires the MSK from the BM-SC, send a request message to the BM-SC, The request message includes the number of requested group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services, The request message is used to request the BM-SC to allocate an MSK and a service identifier and/or a group identifier;
所述获取单元具体用于,接收所述BM-SC发送的响应消息,所述响应消息中包含所述BM-SC分配的MSK及业务标识和/或组标识。The acquiring unit is configured to receive a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes an MSK and a service identifier and/or a group identifier that are allocated by the BM-SC.
结合第二方面的第一种实施方式,在第二方面的第二种实施方式中,所述请求消息还用于请求所述BM-SC为每个MSK生成MSK标识及密钥有效期;With reference to the first implementation manner of the second aspect, in the second implementation manner of the second aspect, the request message is further used to request the BM-SC to generate an MSK identifier and a key validity period for each MSK;
所述响应消息中还包含每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期;The response message further includes an MSK identifier and a key validity period of each MSK;
所述发送单元还用于,在将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE时,还将各个MSK的标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。The sending unit is further configured to: when sending the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, send the identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK to the corresponding UEs within the GCSE group.
第三方面,本发明实施例提供的广播组播业务中心BM-SC,包括:In a third aspect, the broadcast multicast service center BM-SC provided by the embodiment of the present invention includes:
列表建立单元,用于根据组通信服务应用服务器GCS AS发送的授权UE列表建立请求建立业务标识对应的授权UE列表;a list establishing unit, configured to establish, according to the authorized UE list establishment request sent by the group communication service application server GCS AS, an authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier;
接收单元,用于接收UE发送的业务激活请求,所述业务激活请求中包含所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识;a receiving unit, configured to receive a service activation request sent by the UE, where the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate;
授权检查单元,用于检查所述UE的标识是否在所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的授权UE列表中,如果在,则对所述UE的授权检查成功,如果不在,则对所述UE的授权检查失败。An authorization checking unit, configured to check whether the identifier of the UE is in an authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, if yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful, if not, then The authorization check of the UE fails.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的第一种实施方式中,所述接收单元还用于,在所述列表建立单元建立业务标识对应的授权UE列表之前,接收所述GCS AS发送的请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数;With reference to the third aspect, in a first implementation manner of the third aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to: before the list establishing unit establishes an authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier, receive the request message sent by the GCS AS The request message includes the number of requested group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services;
所述BM-SC还包括:The BM-SC also includes:
第一生成单元,用于生成业务标识;a first generating unit, configured to generate a service identifier;
发送单元,用于向所述GCS AS发送响应消息,所述响应消息中包含业务标识,以使得所述GCS AS将业务标识分配给各个组通信服务GCSE组;a sending unit, configured to send a response message to the GCS AS, where the response message includes a service identifier, so that the GCS AS allocates a service identifier to each group communication service GCSE group;
所述GCS AS根据各个GCSE组内包含的UE发送所述授权UE列表建立请求,所述授权UE列表建立请求中包含GCSE组的业务标识以及对应的授权UE的标识。The GCS AS sends the authorized UE list establishment request according to the UE included in each GCSE group, where the authorized UE list establishment request includes the service identifier of the GCSE group and the identifier of the corresponding authorized UE.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的第二种实施方式中,所述接收单元还用于,在所述列表建立单元建立业务标识对应的授权UE列表之前,接收所述GCS  AS发送的请求消息,所述请求消息中包含GCSE组的组标识;With reference to the third aspect, in a second implementation manner of the third aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to: before the list establishing unit establishes an authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier, receive the GCS a request message sent by the AS, where the request message includes a group identifier of a GCSE group;
所述BM-SC还包括:The BM-SC also includes:
第二生成单元,用于生成业务标识并建立组标识与业务标识的映射关系;a second generating unit, configured to generate a service identifier and establish a mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier;
所述GCS AS根据各个GCSE组内包含的UE发送所述授权UE列表建立请求,所述授权UE列表建立请求中包含GCSE组的组标识以及对应的授权UE的标识;The GCS AS sends the authorized UE list establishment request according to the UE included in each GCSE group, where the authorized UE list establishment request includes the group identifier of the GCSE group and the identifier of the corresponding authorized UE.
所述列表建立单元具体用于:The list establishing unit is specifically configured to:
根据所述映射关系查找与所述授权UE列表建立请求中包含的组标识对应的业务标识,建立业务标识对应的授权UE列表。And determining, according to the mapping relationship, a service identifier corresponding to the group identifier included in the authorized UE list establishment request, and establishing an authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier.
结合第三方面的第一种实施方式,在第三方面的第三种实施方式中,所述接收单元还用于,接收所述GCS AS发送的授权UE列表更新请求,所述授权UE列表更新请求中包含业务标识、UE的标识、删除和/或添加指示;With the first implementation of the third aspect, in a third implementation manner of the third aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to receive an authorized UE list update request sent by the GCS AS, where the authorized UE list is updated. The request includes a service identifier, an identifier of the UE, a deletion, and/or an addition indication.
所述BM-SC还包括:The BM-SC also includes:
第一更新单元,用于根据所述授权UE列表更新请求更新对应的授权UE列表。And a first update unit, configured to update the corresponding authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list update request.
结合第三方面的第二种实施方式,在第三方面的第四种实施方式中,所述接收单元还用于,接收所述GCS AS发送的授权UE列表更新请求,所述授权UE列表更新请求中包含组标识和/或业务标识、UE的标识、删除和/或添加指示;With the second implementation of the third aspect, in a fourth implementation manner of the third aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to receive an authorized UE list update request sent by the GCS AS, where the authorized UE list is updated. The request includes a group identifier and/or a service identifier, an identifier of the UE, a deletion, and/or an addition indication.
所述BM-SC还包括:The BM-SC also includes:
第二更新单元,用于根据所述授权UE列表更新请求更新对应的授权UE列表。And a second updating unit, configured to update the corresponding authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list update request.
第四方面,本发明实施例提供的BM-SC,包括:In a fourth aspect, the BM-SC provided by the embodiment of the present invention includes:
接收单元,用于接收UE发送的业务激活请求,所述业务激活请求中包含所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识;a receiving unit, configured to receive a service activation request sent by the UE, where the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate;
发送单元,用于向组通信服务应用服务器GCS AS发送授权检查请求,以请求所述GCS AS检查所述UE的标识是否在所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的组通信服务GCSE组中,若在,则对所述UE的授权检查成功,若不在,则对所述UE的授权检查失败。a sending unit, configured to send an authorization check request to the group communication service application server GCS AS, to request the GCS AS to check whether the identifier of the UE is a group communication service GCSE group corresponding to a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate If yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful, and if not, the authorization check for the UE fails.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的第一种实施方式中,所述接收单元还用于, 在接收UE发送的业务激活请求之前,接收所述GCS AS发送的请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数;With reference to the fourth aspect, in a first implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to: Before receiving the service activation request sent by the UE, receiving a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes the requested number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services;
所述BM-SC还包括:The BM-SC also includes:
第一生成单元,用于生成业务标识;a first generating unit, configured to generate a service identifier;
所述发送单元还用于,向所述GCS AS发送响应消息,所述响应消息中包含业务标识,以使得所述GCS AS将业务标识和分配给各个GCSE组;The sending unit is further configured to send a response message to the GCS AS, where the response message includes a service identifier, so that the GCS AS assigns a service identifier to each GCSE group;
所述授权检查请求中包含所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识。The authorization check request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的第二种实施方式中,所述接收单元还用于,在接收UE发送的业务激活请求之前,接收所述GCS AS发送的请求消息,所述请求消息中包含GCSE组的组标识;With reference to the fourth aspect, in a second implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to: before receiving a service activation request sent by the UE, receive a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message is a group identifier containing the GCSE group;
所述BM-SC还包括:The BM-SC also includes:
第二生成单元,用于生成业务标识并建立组标识与业务标识的映射关系;a second generating unit, configured to generate a service identifier and establish a mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier;
查找单元,用于在所述发送单元向GCS AS发送授权检查请求之前,查找与所述业务激活请求中包含的业务标识对应的组标识;a searching unit, configured to search for a group identifier corresponding to the service identifier included in the service activation request, before the sending unit sends an authorization check request to the GCS AS;
所述授权检查请求中包括,所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的组标识。The authorization check request includes the identifier of the UE and a group identifier corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate.
第五方面,本发明实施例提供的密钥下发方法,包括:The fifth aspect, the method for issuing a key provided by the embodiment of the present invention includes:
生成多媒体广播多播业务密钥MSK;Generating a multimedia broadcast multicast service key MSK;
建立或从广播组播业务中心BM-SC获取MSK与各个组通信服务GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系;Establishing or obtaining a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or service identifier of each group communication service GCSE group from the broadcast multicast service center BM-SC;
根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将生成的MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的用户设备UE。The generated MSK is sent to the user equipment UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identity and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的第一种实施方式中,在生成MSK之前,所述方法还包括:With reference to the fifth aspect, in a first implementation manner of the fifth aspect, before the generating the MSK, the method further includes:
向所述BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数,所述请求消息用于请求所述BM-SC分配业务标识和/或组标识;Sending a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes the requested number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services, and the request message is used to request the BM-SC allocation Business identification and/or group identification;
接收所述BM-SC发送的响应消息,所述响应消息中包含所述BM-SC分配的业务标识和/或组标识; Receiving a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes a service identifier and/or a group identifier allocated by the BM-SC;
在建立MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系之后,所述方法还包括:After the mapping between the MSK and the group identity and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group is established, the method further includes:
将MSK发送给所述BM-SC。The MSK is sent to the BM-SC.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的第二种实施方式中,在生成MSK之后,所述方法还包括:With reference to the fifth aspect, in a second implementation manner of the fifth aspect, after the generating the MSK, the method further includes:
向所述BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和MSK,所述请求消息用于请求所述BM-SC分配组标识和/或业务标识并建立各个组标识和/或各个业务标识与各个MSK的映射关系;Sending a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes the requested group identifier number and the MSK, where the request message is used to request the BM-SC to allocate a group identifier and/or a service identifier and establish each group identifier. And/or mapping relationship between each service identifier and each MSK;
所述从所述BM-SC获取MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系包括:The mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or service identifier of each GCSE group obtained from the BM-SC includes:
接收所述BM-SC发送的响应消息,所述响应消息中包含各个组标识和/或各个业务标识与各个MSK的映射关系。And receiving, by the BM-SC, a response message, where the response message includes a mapping relationship between each group identifier and/or each service identifier and each MSK.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的第三种实施方式中,在生成MSK之后,所述方法还包括:With reference to the fifth aspect, in a third implementation manner of the fifth aspect, after the generating the MSK, the method further includes:
建立MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识的映射关系;Establish a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier of each GCSE group;
向所述BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识的映射关系,所述请求消息用于请求所述BM-SC分配业务标识并建立各个业务标识与各个组标识的映射关系;Sending a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes a mapping relationship between the MSK and a group identifier of each GCSE group, where the request message is used to request the BM-SC to allocate a service identifier and establish each service identifier and each Mapping relationship of group identifiers;
所述从所述BM-SC获取MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系包括:The mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or service identifier of each GCSE group obtained from the BM-SC includes:
接收所述BM-SC发送的响应消息,所述响应消息中包含各个组标识与各个业务标识的映射关系。Receiving a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes a mapping relationship between each group identifier and each service identifier.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的第四种实施方式中,在生成MSK之前,所述方法还包括:With reference to the fifth aspect, in a fourth implementation manner of the fifth aspect, before the generating the MSK, the method further includes:
接收所述BM-SC发送的密钥请求消息,所述密钥请求消息中包含业务标识和请求的MSK个数;Receiving a key request message sent by the BM-SC, where the key request message includes a service identifier and a requested number of MSKs;
在建立MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系之后,所述方法还包括:After the mapping between the MSK and the group identity and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group is established, the method further includes:
将MSK发送给所述BM-SC。The MSK is sent to the BM-SC.
结合第五方面的第一种实施方式,或第五方面的第二种实施方式,或第五 方面的第三种实施方式,或第五方面的第四种实施方式,在第五方面的第五种实施方式中,在根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将生成的MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE之前,还包括:Combining the first embodiment of the fifth aspect, or the second embodiment of the fifth aspect, or the fifth A third implementation manner of the aspect, or the fourth implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the fifth implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the mapping relationship between the group identifier and/or the service identifier according to the MSK and each GCSE group Before the generated MSK is sent to the UEs in the corresponding GCSE group, it also includes:
为每个MSK生成MSK标识及密钥有效期;Generate an MSK identifier and a key validity period for each MSK;
在将MSK发送给所述BM-SC的同时或之后以及将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE时还包括:When the MSK is sent to the BM-SC, or after the MSK is sent to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, the method further includes:
将各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给所述BM-SC和对应GCSE组内的UE。The MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK are sent to the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
结合第五方面的第一种实施方式,或第五方面的第二种实施方式,或第五方面的第三种实施方式,或第五方面的第四种实施方式,在第五方面的第六种实施方式中,所述根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将生成的MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE之前,还包括:With reference to the first embodiment of the fifth aspect, or the second embodiment of the fifth aspect, or the third embodiment of the fifth aspect, or the fourth embodiment of the fifth aspect, the fifth aspect In the foregoing implementation manner, before the sending the generated MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identity and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group, the method further includes:
接收所述BM-SC发送的各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,所述各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由BM-SC生成;Receiving an MSK identifier and a key validity period of each MSK sent by the BM-SC, and an MSK identifier and a key validity period of each MSK are generated by the BM-SC;
在将MSK发送给所述BM-SC的同时或之后以及将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE时还包括:When the MSK is sent to the BM-SC, or after the MSK is sent to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, the method further includes:
将各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给所述BM-SC;将各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。Sending the group identifier and/or the service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK to the BM-SC; sending the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK. Give the UEs in the corresponding GCSE group.
结合第五方面,或第五方面的第一种实施方式,或第五方面的第二种实施方式,或第五方面的第三种实施方式,或第五方面的第四种实施方式,在第五方面的第七种实施方式中,所述方法还包括:With reference to the fifth aspect, or the first embodiment of the fifth aspect, or the second embodiment of the fifth aspect, or the third embodiment of the fifth aspect, or the fourth embodiment of the fifth aspect, In a seventh implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the method further includes:
根据预设规则判断MSK是否需要更新;Determine whether the MSK needs to be updated according to a preset rule;
如果是,则生成新的MSK;If yes, generate a new MSK;
向所述BM-SC发送第一密钥更新消息,向对应GCSE组内的UE发送第二密钥更新消息,以使得所述BM-SC及对应GCSE组内的UE更新密钥,所述第一密钥更新消息及所述第二密钥更新消息中包含所述新的MSK。Sending a first key update message to the BM-SC, and sending a second key update message to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, so that the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group update the key, where the The new MSK is included in a key update message and the second key update message.
结合第五方面的第七种实施方式,在第五方面的第八种实施方式中,所述预设规则包括所述GCSE组内UE的加入和/或离开,或者MSK到有效期。With reference to the seventh implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the eighth implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the preset rule includes the joining and/or leaving of the UE in the GCSE group, or the MSK to the validity period.
结合第五方面的第七种实施方式,在第五方面的第九种实施方式中,在向 所述BM-SC发送第一密钥更新消息之前,还包括:In conjunction with the seventh embodiment of the fifth aspect, in the ninth embodiment of the fifth aspect, Before the BM-SC sends the first key update message, the method further includes:
生成所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期;Generating an MSK identifier and a key validity period of the new MSK;
所述第一密钥更新消息及所述第二密钥更新消息还包含:所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,所述新的MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识。The first key update message and the second key update message further include: an MSK identifier of the new MSK and a key validity period, and a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK. .
结合第五方面的第七种实施方式,在第五方面的第十种实施方式中,在向所述BM-SC发送第一密钥更新消息之前,还包括:With reference to the seventh implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a tenth implementation manner of the fifth aspect, before the sending the first key update message to the BM-SC, the method further includes:
接收所述BM-SC发送的所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期;Receiving an MSK identifier and a key validity period of the new MSK sent by the BM-SC;
所述第一密钥更新消息中还包含:所述新的MSK对应的GCSE的组标识和/或业务标识;所述第二密钥更新消息中包含:所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,所述新的MSK对应的GCSE的组标识和/或业务标识。The first key update message further includes: a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK; and the second key update message includes: the MSK identifier and the secret of the new MSK Key validity period, the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK.
结合第五方面,或第五方面的第一种实施方式,或第五方面的第二种实施方式,或第五方面的第三种实施方式,或第五方面的第四种实施方式,在第五方面的第十一种实施方式中,所述方法还包括:With reference to the fifth aspect, or the first embodiment of the fifth aspect, or the second embodiment of the fifth aspect, or the third embodiment of the fifth aspect, or the fourth embodiment of the fifth aspect, In an eleventh implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the method further includes:
接收所述BM-SC下发的密钥更新触发消息,所述密钥更新触发消息中包含GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识和/或需要更新的MSK的MSK标识;Receiving a key update trigger message sent by the BM-SC, where the key update trigger message includes a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group and/or an MSK identifier of the MSK that needs to be updated;
生成新的MSK;Generate a new MSK;
向所述BM-SC发送第三密钥更新消息,向对应GCSE组内的UE发送第四密钥更新消息,以使得所述BM-SC及对应GCSE组内的UE更新密钥,所述第三密钥更新消息及所述第四密钥更新消息中包含所述新的MSK。Sending a third key update message to the BM-SC, and sending a fourth key update message to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, so that the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group update the key, where the The new MSK is included in the three key update message and the fourth key update message.
结合第五方面的第十一种实施方式,在第五方面的第十二种实施方式中,在向所述BM-SC发送第三密钥更新消息之前,还包括;With reference to the eleventh embodiment of the fifth aspect, in a twelfth implementation manner of the fifth aspect, before the third key update message is sent to the BM-SC, the method further includes:
生成所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期;Generating an MSK identifier and a key validity period of the new MSK;
所述第三密钥更新消息及所述第四密钥更新消息还包含:所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,所述新的MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识。The third key update message and the fourth key update message further include: an MSK identifier of the new MSK and a key validity period, a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK .
结合第五方面的第十一种实施方式,在第五方面的第十三种实施方式中,在向所述BM-SC发送第三密钥更新消息之前,还包括:With reference to the eleventh embodiment of the fifth aspect, in the thirteenth implementation manner of the fifth aspect, before the third key update message is sent to the BM-SC, the method further includes:
接收所述BM-SC发送的所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期;Receiving an MSK identifier and a key validity period of the new MSK sent by the BM-SC;
所述第三密钥更新消息中还包含:所述新的MSK对应的GCSE组的组标 识和/或业务标识;所述第四密钥更新消息中还包含:所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,所述新的MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识。The third key update message further includes: a group label of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK The fourth key update message further includes: an MSK identifier of the new MSK and a key validity period, a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK.
第六方面,本发明实施例提供的密钥下发方法,包括:The sixth aspect, the method for issuing a key according to the embodiment of the present invention includes:
从广播组播业务中心BM-SC获取多媒体广播多播业务密钥MSK;Obtaining a multimedia broadcast multicast service key MSK from the broadcast multicast service center BM-SC;
建立MSK与各个组通信服务GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系;Establish a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or service identifier of each group communication service GCSE group;
根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将生成的MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的用户设备UE。The generated MSK is sent to the user equipment UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identity and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的第一种实施方式中,在从所述BM-SC获取MSK之前,所述方法还包括:With reference to the sixth aspect, in a first implementation manner of the sixth aspect, before acquiring the MSK from the BM-SC, the method further includes:
向所述BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数,所述请求消息用于请求所述BM-SC分配MSK及业务标识和/或组标识;Sending a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes the requested number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services, and the request message is used to request the BM-SC allocation MSK and business identification and/or group identification;
所述从所述BM-SC获取MSK包括:The obtaining the MSK from the BM-SC includes:
接收所述BM-SC发送的响应消息,所述响应消息中包含所述BM-SC分配的MSK及业务标识和/或组标识。Receiving a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes an MSK and a service identifier and/or a group identifier allocated by the BM-SC.
结合第六方面的第一种实施方式,在第六方面的第二种实施方式中,所述请求消息还用于请求所述BM-SC为每个MSK生成MSK标识及密钥有效期;With reference to the first implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a second implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the request message is further used to request the BM-SC to generate an MSK identifier and a key validity period for each MSK;
所述响应消息中还包含每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期;The response message further includes an MSK identifier and a key validity period of each MSK;
在将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE时还包括:When the MSK is sent to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, the method further includes:
将各个MSK的标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。The identifiers of the respective MSKs and the key validity period, and the group identifiers and/or service identifiers of the GCSE groups corresponding to the respective MSKs are sent to the UEs in the corresponding GCSE group.
第七方面,本发明实施例提供的对用户设备UE进行授权检查的方法,包括:In a seventh aspect, a method for performing an authorization check on a user equipment UE according to an embodiment of the present invention includes:
根据组通信服务应用服务器GCS AS发送的授权UE列表建立请求建立业务标识对应的授权UE列表;And establishing, according to the authorized UE list establishment request sent by the group communication service application server GCS AS, the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier;
接收UE发送的业务激活请求,所述业务激活请求中包含所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识;Receiving a service activation request sent by the UE, where the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate;
检查所述UE的标识是否在所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的授权UE列表中,如果在,则对所述UE的授权检查成功,如果不在,则对所述 UE的授权检查失败。Checking whether the identifier of the UE is in the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, if yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful, if not, the The authorization check of the UE failed.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的第一种实施方式中,在建立业务标识对应的授权UE列表之前,还包括:With reference to the seventh aspect, in a first implementation manner of the seventh aspect, before the establishing the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier, the method further includes:
接收所述GCS AS发送的请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数;Receiving a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes the number of requested group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services;
生成业务标识;Generate a business identifier;
向所述GCS AS发送响应消息,所述响应消息中包含业务标识,以使得所述GCS AS将业务标识分配给各个组通信服务GCSE组;Sending a response message to the GCS AS, where the response message includes a service identifier, so that the GCS AS allocates a service identifier to each group communication service GCSE group;
所述GCS AS根据各个GCSE组内包含的UE发送所述授权UE列表建立请求,所述授权UE列表建立请求中包含GCSE组的业务标识以及对应的授权UE的标识。The GCS AS sends the authorized UE list establishment request according to the UE included in each GCSE group, where the authorized UE list establishment request includes the service identifier of the GCSE group and the identifier of the corresponding authorized UE.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的第二种实施方式中,在建立业务标识对应的授权UE列表之前,还包括:With reference to the seventh aspect, in the second implementation manner of the seventh aspect, before the establishing the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier, the method further includes:
接收所述GCS AS发送的请求消息,所述请求消息中包含GCSE组的组标识;Receiving a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes a group identifier of a GCSE group;
生成业务标识并建立组标识与业务标识的映射关系;Generate a service identifier and establish a mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier.
所述GCS AS根据各个GCSE组内包含的UE发送所述授权UE列表建立请求,所述授权UE列表建立请求中包含GCSE组的组标识以及对应的授权UE的标识,所述根据所述GCS AS发送的授权UE列表建立请求建立业务标识对应的授权UE列表包括:The GCS AS sends the authorized UE list establishment request according to the UEs included in the respective GCSE groups, where the authorized UE list establishment request includes the group identifier of the GCSE group and the identifier of the corresponding authorized UE, according to the GCS AS The authorized UE list establishment request to send the authorized UE corresponding to the service identifier includes:
根据所述映射关系查找与所述授权UE列表建立请求中包含的组标识对应的业务标识,建立业务标识对应的授权UE列表。And determining, according to the mapping relationship, a service identifier corresponding to the group identifier included in the authorized UE list establishment request, and establishing an authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier.
结合第七方面的第一种实施方式,在第七方面的第三种实施方式中,所述方法还包括:With reference to the first embodiment of the seventh aspect, in a third implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the method further includes:
接收所述GCS AS发送的授权UE列表更新请求,所述授权UE列表更新请求中包含业务标识、UE的标识、删除和/或添加指示;Receiving an authorized UE list update request sent by the GCS AS, where the authorized UE list update request includes a service identifier, an identifier of the UE, and a deletion and/or an addition indication;
根据所述授权UE列表更新请求更新对应的授权UE列表。Updating the corresponding authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list update request.
结合第七方面的第二种实施方式,在第七方面的第四种实施方式中,所述方法还包括:With reference to the second implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in a fourth implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the method further includes:
接收所述GCS AS发送的授权UE列表更新请求,所述授权UE列表更新 请求中包含组标识和/或业务标识、UE的标识、删除和/或添加指示;Receiving an authorized UE list update request sent by the GCS AS, the authorized UE list update The request includes a group identifier and/or a service identifier, an identifier of the UE, a deletion, and/or an addition indication.
根据所述授权UE列表更新请求更新对应的授权UE列表。Updating the corresponding authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list update request.
第八方面,本发明实施例提供的对用户设备UE进行授权检查的方法,包括:In an eighth aspect, a method for performing an authorization check on a user equipment UE according to an embodiment of the present invention includes:
接收UE发送的业务激活请求,所述业务激活请求中包含所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识;Receiving a service activation request sent by the UE, where the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate;
向组通信服务应用服务器GCS AS发送授权检查请求,以请求所述GCS AS检查所述UE的标识是否在所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的组通信服务GCSE组中,若在,则对所述UE的授权检查成功,若不在,则对所述UE的授权检查失败。Sending an authorization check request to the group communication service application server GCS AS to request the GCS AS to check whether the identifier of the UE is in a group communication service GCSE group corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, if The authorization check for the UE is successful, and if not, the authorization check for the UE fails.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的第一种实施方式中,在接收UE发送的业务激活请求之前,所述方法还包括:With reference to the eighth aspect, in a first implementation manner of the eighth aspect, before receiving the service activation request sent by the UE, the method further includes:
接收所述GCS AS发送的请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数;Receiving a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes the number of requested group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services;
生成业务标识;Generate a business identifier;
向所述GCS AS发送响应消息,所述响应消息中包含业务标识,以使得所述GCS AS将业务标识和分配给各个GCSE组;Sending a response message to the GCS AS, where the response message includes a service identifier, so that the GCS AS assigns a service identifier to each GCSE group;
所述授权检查请求中包含所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识。The authorization check request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的第二种实施方式中,在接收UE发送的业务激活请求之前,所述方法还包括:With reference to the eighth aspect, in a second implementation manner of the eighth aspect, before receiving the service activation request sent by the UE, the method further includes:
接收所述GCS AS发送的请求消息,所述请求消息中包含GCSE组的组标识;Receiving a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes a group identifier of a GCSE group;
生成业务标识并建立组标识与业务标识的映射关系;Generate a service identifier and establish a mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier.
在向GCS AS发送授权检查请求之前,还包括:Before sending an authorization check request to the GCS AS, it also includes:
查找与所述业务激活请求中包含的业务标识对应的组标识;Finding a group identifier corresponding to the service identifier included in the service activation request;
所述授权检查请求中包括,所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的组标识。The authorization check request includes the identifier of the UE and a group identifier corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate.
从以上技术方案可以看出,本发明实施例具有以下优点:It can be seen from the above technical solutions that the embodiments of the present invention have the following advantages:
本发明实施例中,GCS AS可以生成或从BM-SC获取MSK,建立或从 BM-SC获取MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系,然后根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将MSK下发给对应GCSE组内的UE,即实现了在部分重用MBMS安全机制场景下GCS AS完成MSK的下发。In the embodiment of the present invention, the GCS AS may generate or acquire an MSK from the BM-SC, establish or The BM-SC obtains the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identity and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group, and then sends the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group. That is, the GCS AS completes the delivery of the MSK in the scenario of partially reusing the MBMS security mechanism.
另外,BM-SC可以根据GCS AS发送的授权UE列表建立请求建立授权UE列表,这样在接收到UE发送的业务激活请求后,直接根据自身建立的授权UE列表即可实现对UE的授权检查;或者BM-SC可以在接收到UE发送的业务激活请求后,向GCS AS发送授权检查请求,以请求GCS AS对UE进行授权检查,这样即实现了在BM-SC对GCSE群组不可见时,在完全重用MBMS安全机制场景下BM-SC对UE的业务授权检查。In addition, the BM-SC may establish an authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list establishment request sent by the GCS AS, so that after receiving the service activation request sent by the UE, the authorization check of the UE may be implemented according to the authorized UE list established by the UE; Or, after receiving the service activation request sent by the UE, the BM-SC may send an authorization check request to the GCS AS to request the GCS AS to perform an authorization check on the UE, so that when the BM-SC is invisible to the GCSE group, The service authorization check of the BM-SC to the UE in the scenario of completely reusing the MBMS security mechanism.
附图说明DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例或现有技术中的技术方案,下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the embodiments of the present invention or the technical solutions in the prior art, the drawings used in the embodiments or the description of the prior art will be briefly described below. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are only It is a certain embodiment of the present invention, and other drawings can be obtained from those skilled in the art without any creative work.
图1为本发明GCS AS一个实施例示意图;1 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a GCS AS according to the present invention;
图2为本发明GCS AS另一实施例示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a GCS AS according to the present invention;
图3为本发明GCS AS另一实施例示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a GCS AS according to the present invention;
图4为本发明GCS AS另一实施例示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a GCS AS according to the present invention;
图5为本发明GCS AS另一实施例示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a GCS AS according to the present invention; FIG.
图6为本发明GCS AS另一实施例示意图;6 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a GCS AS according to the present invention;
图7为本发明GCS AS另一实施例示意图;7 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a GCS AS according to the present invention;
图8为本发明GCS AS另一实施例示意图;8 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a GCS AS according to the present invention;
图9为本发明BM-SC一个实施例示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a BM-SC according to the present invention; FIG.
图10为本发明BM-SC另一实施例示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a BM-SC according to the present invention; FIG.
图11为本发明BM-SC另一实施例示意图;11 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a BM-SC according to the present invention;
图12为本发明BM-SC另一实施例示意图;12 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a BM-SC according to the present invention;
图13为本发明BM-SC另一实施例示意图;13 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a BM-SC according to the present invention;
图14为本发明BM-SC另一实施例示意图; Figure 14 is a schematic view showing another embodiment of the BM-SC of the present invention;
图15为本发明密钥下发方法一个实施例示意图;15 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a method for issuing a key according to the present invention;
图16为本发明密钥下发方法另一实施例示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for issuing a key according to the present invention; FIG.
图17为本发明密钥下发方法另一实施例示意图;17 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for issuing a key according to the present invention;
图18为本发明密钥下发方法另一实施例示意图;FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for issuing a key according to the present invention; FIG.
图19为本发明密钥下发方法另一实施例示意图;19 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for issuing a key according to the present invention;
图20为本发明密钥更新方法一个实施例示意图;20 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a key update method according to the present invention;
图21为本发明密钥更新方法另一实施例示意图;21 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for updating a key according to the present invention;
图22为本发明密钥下发方法另一实施例示意图;FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for issuing a key according to the present invention; FIG.
图23为本发明密钥下发方法另一实施例示意图;FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for issuing a key according to the present invention; FIG.
图24为本发明对UE进行授权检查的方法一个实施例示意图;24 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a method for performing an authorization check on a UE according to the present invention;
图25为本发明对UE进行授权检查的方法另一实施例示意图;25 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for performing an authorization check on a UE according to the present invention;
图26为本发明对UE进行授权检查的方法另一实施例示意图;26 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for performing an authorization check on a UE according to the present invention;
图27为本发明对UE进行授权检查的方法另一实施例示意图;FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for performing an authorization check on a UE according to the present invention;
图28为本发明对UE进行授权检查的方法另一实施例示意图;28 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for performing an authorization check on a UE according to the present invention;
图29为本发明对UE进行授权检查的方法另一实施例示意图。FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for performing an authorization check on a UE according to the present invention.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚地描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域技术人员所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本发明保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention will be clearly described with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is obvious that the described embodiments are only a part of the embodiments of the present invention, and not all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention are within the scope of the present invention.
由于在基于LTE网络的集群通信中,BM-SC对GCSE群组不可见,GCS AS负责GCSE组内UE的管理,即GCSE知道哪个UE属于哪个GCSE组,只是每个GCSE组没有业务标识,也可能没有组标识。GCSE组可由GCS AS在UE注册时建立,当然GCSE组也可预先建立。例如,UE向GCS AS注册,注册信息中携带UE的标识,GCS AS为注册UE建立GCSE组,注册UE的数量可以为一个或多个,建立的GCSE组的数量也可以是一个或多个,此处不做限定;或者,GCSE组为提前建立好的,UE向GCS AS注册时直接携带组标识和UE的标识。当确定UE采用多播承载并通过重用部分MBMS机制实现多播承载的建立时,需要考虑GCS AS如何实现MSK的下发问题;当确定 UE采用多播承载并通过完全重用MBMS机制实现多播承载的建立时,需要考虑BM-SC如何对请求该业务的UE进行授权检查。本发明实施例中所提到的多播可以是组播,也可以是广播。下面分别通过不同的实施例进行说明。Since the BM-SC is invisible to the GCSE group in the LTE network-based trunking communication, the GCS AS is responsible for the management of the UEs in the GCSE group, that is, the GCSE knows which UE belongs to which GCSE group, but each GCSE group has no service identifier, and There may be no group ID. The GCSE group can be established by the GCS AS at the time of UE registration, although the GCSE group can also be pre-established. For example, the UE is registered with the GCS AS, and the registration information carries the identifier of the UE. The GCS AS establishes a GCSE group for the registered UE. The number of registered UEs may be one or more, and the number of established GCSE groups may also be one or more. It is not limited here; or, the GCSE group is established in advance, and the UE directly carries the group identifier and the identifier of the UE when registering with the GCS AS. When it is determined that the UE adopts the multicast bearer and implements the establishment of the multicast bearer by reusing part of the MBMS mechanism, it is necessary to consider how the GCS AS implements the MSK delivery problem; When the UE adopts the multicast bearer and implements the establishment of the multicast bearer by completely reusing the MBMS mechanism, it is necessary to consider how the BM-SC performs an authorization check on the UE requesting the service. The multicast mentioned in the embodiment of the present invention may be multicast or broadcast. The following description is respectively made by different embodiments.
装置实施例一:Device embodiment 1:
请参阅图1,图1为本发明GCS AS一个实施例示意图,本实施例的GCS AS 10用于实现MSK的下发,本实施例的GCS AS包括:Referring to FIG. 1 , FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a GCS AS according to the present invention. The GCS AS 10 in this embodiment is used to implement the sending of the MSK. The GCS AS in this embodiment includes:
MSK生成单元11,用于生成MSK;The MSK generating unit 11 is configured to generate an MSK;
处理单元12,用于建立或从BM-SC获取MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系;The processing unit 12 is configured to establish or obtain, from the BM-SC, a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group;
具体实现中,建立或从BM-SC获取MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系包括:建立或从BM-SC获取MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识的映射关系,建立或从BM-SC获取MSK与各个GCSE组的业务标识的映射关系,以及建立或从BM-SC获取MSK、各个GCSE组的组标识、各个GCSE组的业务标识三者的映射关系。In a specific implementation, the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group is established or obtained from the BM-SC, including: establishing or mapping the mapping between the MSK and the group identifier of each GCSE group from the BM-SC, establishing or The mapping relationship between the MSK and the service identifiers of the respective GCSE groups is obtained from the BM-SC, and the mapping relationship between the MSK, the group identifier of each GCSE group, and the service identifier of each GCSE group is established or obtained from the BM-SC.
其中,组标识可以是GCS AS为GCSE组分配的或GCSE组自身就有的固定组标识,也可以是BM-SC根据GCS AS的请求生成的临时移动组标识,例如TMGI(Temporary Mobile Group Identity)。The group identifier may be a fixed group identifier that the GCS AS allocates for the GCSE group or the GCSE group itself, or may be a temporary mobile group identifier generated by the BM-SC according to the request of the GCS AS, for example, TMGI (Temporary Mobile Group Identity). .
生成的MSK可以有多个,每个GCSE组可以和一个MSK建立映射关系,也可以和多个MSK建立映射关系,即每个GCSE组可以只有一个MSK,也可以有多个MSK。为便于描述,后续实施例中将以每个GCSE组只有一个MSK,且每个GCSE组只具有一个组标识和/或业务标识的情形进行说明。There may be multiple MSKs generated. Each GCSE group can establish a mapping relationship with one MSK or a plurality of MSKs. That is, each GCSE group can have only one MSK or multiple MSKs. For ease of description, the following embodiments will be described in the case where there is only one MSK per GCSE group, and each GCSE group has only one group identifier and/or service identifier.
发送单元13,用于根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将生成的MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。The sending unit 13 is configured to send the generated MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
装置实施例二:Device embodiment 2:
本实施例是对本发明GCS AS的一个具体描述,请参阅图2,本实施例的GCS AS 20包括:This embodiment is a specific description of the GCS AS of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 2, the GCS AS 20 of this embodiment includes:
发送单元21,用于向BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数;The sending unit 21 is configured to send a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes the requested number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services;
第一接收单元22,用于接收所述BM-SC发送的响应消息,所述响应消息中包含所述BM-SC分配的业务标识和/或组标识; a first receiving unit 22, configured to receive a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes a service identifier and/or a group identifier allocated by the BM-SC;
MSK生成单元23,用于生成MSK;An MSK generating unit 23, configured to generate an MSK;
处理单元24,用于建立MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系;The processing unit 24 is configured to establish a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
发送单元21,还用于将MSK发送给BM-SC,以及根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将生成的MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的用户设备UE。The sending unit 21 is further configured to send the MSK to the BM-SC, and send the generated MSK to the user equipment UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
本实施例中,可以理解为GCSE组的组标识为由BM-SC生成的临时移动组标识。In this embodiment, it can be understood that the group identifier of the GCSE group is the temporary mobility group identifier generated by the BM-SC.
具体实现中,当确定UE采用多播承载时,发送单元21向BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求BM-SC分配业务标识和/或组标识,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数。组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数可以由GCS AS管理的GCSE组的组个数来确定,即GCS AS管理几个GCSE组,后续就请求几个组标识和/或几个业务标识。In a specific implementation, when it is determined that the UE adopts a multicast bearer, the sending unit 21 sends a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message is used to request the BM-SC to allocate a service identifier and/or a group identifier, where the request message includes a request. The number of groups identified and/or the number of groups and/or the number of services requested. The number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services may be determined by the number of groups of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS, that is, the GCS AS manages several GCSE groups, and subsequently requests several group identifiers and / or several business identifiers.
本实施例中,可以理解的是,GCS AS本身知道哪个UE属于哪个GCSE组,只是每个GCSE组没有组标识及业务标识,需要请求BM-SC生成。In this embodiment, it can be understood that the GCS AS itself knows which UE belongs to which GCSE group, but each GCSE group does not have a group identifier and a service identifier, and needs to request BM-SC generation.
BM-SC生成组标识和/或业务标识后,向GCS AS发送响应消息,响应消息中包含BM-SC生成的组标识和/或业务标识,第一接收单元22接收所述响应消息。After generating the group identifier and/or the service identifier, the BM-SC sends a response message to the GCS AS, where the response message includes the group identifier and/or the service identifier generated by the BM-SC, and the first receiving unit 22 receives the response message.
接下来MSK生成单元23生成MSK,处理单元24建立MSK与组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系,发送单元21将MSK发送给BM-SC,并根据MSK与组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。下面举例进行说明:Next, the MSK generating unit 23 generates an MSK, the processing unit 24 establishes a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier, and the transmitting unit 21 transmits the MSK to the BM-SC and maps according to the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier. The relationship sends the MSK to the UE within the corresponding GCSE group. The following examples are given:
例如,GCS AS管理两个GCSE组,第一个GCSE组内包含UE1及UE2,第二GCSE组内包含UE3及UE4。在GCS AS生成MSK及从BM-SC获取组标识与业务标识后,建立MSK、组标识(临时移动组标识)、业务标识三者的一一映射关系(例如将MSK1、组标识1及业务标识1作为一组并分给第一个GCSE组,将MSK2、组标识2及业务标识2作为一组并分给第二个GCSE组),后续GCS AS直接将生成的MSK发送给BM-SC,并根据所建立的映射关系将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE,在这个例子中,即将MSK1发送给第一 个GCSE组内的UE,将MSK2发送给第二个GCSE组内的UE。For example, the GCS AS manages two GCSE groups, the first GCSE group includes UE1 and UE2, and the second GCSE group includes UE3 and UE4. After the MSK is generated by the GCS AS and the group identifier and the service identifier are obtained from the BM-SC, a one-to-one mapping relationship between the MSK, the group identifier (temporary mobile group identifier), and the service identifier is established (for example, MSK1, group identifier 1, and service identifier are set). As a group and assigned to the first GCSE group, the MSK2, the group identifier 2 and the service identifier 2 are grouped and assigned to the second GCSE group, and the subsequent GCS AS directly sends the generated MSK to the BM-SC. And sending the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the established mapping relationship, in this example, sending the MSK1 to the first The UEs in the GCSE group send MSK2 to the UEs in the second GCSE group.
另外,每个MSK还应该具有MSK标识及密钥有效期。每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期可以由GCS AS生成,也可以由BM-SC生成并下发给GCS AS。In addition, each MSK should also have an MSK identity and a key validity period. The MSK ID and key validity period of each MSK can be generated by the GCS AS or generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS AS.
当每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由GCS AS生成时,发送单元21在将MSK发送给BM-SC及对应GCSE组内的UE的同时,还需要将各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给BM-SC和对应GCSE组内的UE。When the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK are generated by the GCS AS, the sending unit 21 needs to send the MSK to the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, and also needs to validate the MSK identifier and the key of each MSK. And the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK is sent to the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
当每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由BM-SC生成,然后发送给GCS AS时,需要由第三接收单元25接收BM-SC生成并发送的每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期。在这种情况下,发送单元21在将MSK发送给BM-SC以及对应GCSE组内的UE的同时,还需要将各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给BM-SC;将各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。When the MSK identity and key validity period of each MSK is generated by the BM-SC and then transmitted to the GCS AS, the MSK identity and key validity period of each MSK generated and transmitted by the BM-SC needs to be received by the third receiving unit 25. In this case, the sending unit 21 sends the MSK to the BM-SC and the corresponding UE in the GCSE group, and also needs to send the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK to the BM-SC; The MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK are sent to the UEs in the corresponding GCSE group.
装置实施例三:Device embodiment three:
本实施例是对本发明GCS AS的另一具体描述,请参阅图3,本实施例的GCS AS 30包括:This embodiment is another specific description of the GCS AS of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 3, the GCS AS 30 of this embodiment includes:
MSK生成单元31,用于生成MSK;An MSK generating unit 31, configured to generate an MSK;
发送单元32,用于向BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和MSK;The sending unit 32 is configured to send a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes the requested group identifier number and the MSK;
处理单元33,用于接收BM-SC发送的响应消息,所述响应消息中包含各个组标识和/或各个业务标识与各个MSK的映射关系;The processing unit 33 is configured to receive a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes a mapping relationship between each group identifier and/or each service identifier and each MSK.
发送单元32还用于,根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将生成的MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的用户设备UE。The sending unit 32 is further configured to send the generated MSK to the user equipment UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
本实施例中,可以理解为GCSE组的组标识为由BM-SC生成的临时移动组标识。In this embodiment, it can be understood that the group identifier of the GCSE group is the temporary mobility group identifier generated by the BM-SC.
具体实现中,MSK生成单元31根据GCS AS管理的GCSE组的个数生成MSK,生成MSK的个数可与GCS AS管理的GCSE组的个数相同。在MSK生成单元31生成MSK之后,发送单元32向BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请 求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和MSK,所述请求消息用于请求BM-SC分配组标识和/或业务标识并建立各个组标识和/或各个业务标识与各个MSK的映射关系。In a specific implementation, the MSK generating unit 31 generates an MSK according to the number of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS, and the number of generated MSKs may be the same as the number of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS. After the MSK generating unit 31 generates the MSK, the sending unit 32 sends a request message to the BM-SC, which invites The request message includes the number of requested group identifiers and the MSK, and the request message is used to request the BM-SC to allocate a group identifier and/or a service identifier and establish a mapping relationship between each group identifier and/or each service identifier and each MSK.
BM-SC根据发送单元32发送的请求消息分配组标识和/或业务标识并建立各个组标识和/或各个业务标识与各个MSK的映射关系,然后向GCS AS发送响应消息。处理单元33接收BM-SC发送的响应消息,所述响应消息中包含各个组标识和/或各个业务标识与各个MSK的映射关系。The BM-SC allocates a group identifier and/or a service identifier according to the request message sent by the sending unit 32, and establishes a mapping relationship between each group identifier and/or each service identifier and each MSK, and then sends a response message to the GCS AS. The processing unit 33 receives the response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes the mapping relationship between each group identifier and/or each service identifier and each MSK.
另外,每个MSK还应该具有MSK标识及密钥有效期。每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期可以由GCS AS生成,也可以由BM-SC生成并下发给GCS AS。In addition, each MSK should also have an MSK identity and a key validity period. The MSK ID and key validity period of each MSK can be generated by the GCS AS or generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS AS.
当每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由GCS AS生成时,发送单元32在将MSK发送给BM-SC之后以及将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE时,还需要将各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给BM-SC和对应GCSE组内的UE。When the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK are generated by the GCS AS, the sending unit 32 needs to transmit the MSK identifier of each MSK after transmitting the MSK to the BM-SC and transmitting the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group. And the key validity period, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK are sent to the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
当每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由BM-SC生成,然后发送给GCS AS时,需要由第三接收单元25接收BM-SC生成并发送的每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期。在这种情况下,发送单元21在将MSK发送给BM-SC之后以及将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE时,还需要将各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给BM-SC;将各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。When the MSK identity and key validity period of each MSK is generated by the BM-SC and then transmitted to the GCS AS, the MSK identity and key validity period of each MSK generated and transmitted by the BM-SC needs to be received by the third receiving unit 25. In this case, after the sending unit 21 sends the MSK to the BM-SC and sends the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, the group identifier and/or the service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK need to be sent to The BM-SC sends the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
装置实施例二及装置实施例三介绍了当GCSE组的组标识为BM-SC生成的临时移动组标识时,实现MSK下发的GCS AS,下面两个装置实施例将介绍当GCSE组的组标识为固定组标识时,实现MSK下发的GCS AS。The device embodiment 2 and the device embodiment 3 describe the implementation of the GCS AS delivered by the MSK when the group identification of the GCSE group is the temporary mobility group identifier generated by the BM-SC. The following two device embodiments will introduce the group of the GCSE group. When the ID is a fixed group ID, the GCS AS delivered by the MSK is implemented.
装置实施例四:Device Embodiment 4:
请参阅图4,本实施例的GCS AS 40包括:Referring to FIG. 4, the GCS AS 40 of this embodiment includes:
MSK生成单元41,用于生成MSK;An MSK generating unit 41, configured to generate an MSK;
映射建立单元42,用于建立MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识的映射关系;The mapping establishing unit 42 is configured to establish a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier of each GCSE group;
发送单元43,用于向BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含各个MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识的映射关系; The sending unit 43 is configured to send a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes a mapping relationship between each MSK and a group identifier of each GCSE group;
处理单元44,用于接收BM-SC发送的响应消息,所述响应消息中包含各个组标识与各个业务标识的映射关系。The processing unit 44 is configured to receive a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes a mapping relationship between each group identifier and each service identifier.
具体实现中,MSK生成单元41根据GCS AS管理的GCSE组的个数生成MSK,生成MSK的个数可与GCS AS管理的GCSE组的个数相同。在MSK生成单元41生成MSK之后,映射建立单元42建立MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识的映射关系,然后发送单元43向BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含各个MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识的映射关系,所述请求消息用于请求BM-SC分配业务标识并建立各个业务标识与各个组标识的映射关系。BM-SC生成业务标识,生成业务标识的个数可与MSK和/或组标识的个数相同,生成业务标识之后,BM-SC建立组标识与业务标识的映射关系并向GCS AS发送响应消息。处理单元44接收BM-SC发送的响应消息,所述响应消息中包含各个组标识与各个业务标识的映射关系。In a specific implementation, the MSK generating unit 41 generates an MSK according to the number of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS, and the number of generated MSKs may be the same as the number of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS. After the MSK generating unit 41 generates the MSK, the mapping establishing unit 42 establishes a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifiers of the respective GCSE groups, and then the transmitting unit 43 sends a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes each MSK and each GCSE group. The mapping relationship of the group identifier is used to request the BM-SC to allocate a service identifier and establish a mapping relationship between each service identifier and each group identifier. The BM-SC generates the service identifier, and the number of the generated service identifiers is the same as the number of the MSK and/or the group identifier. After the service identifier is generated, the BM-SC establishes a mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier and sends a response message to the GCS AS. . The processing unit 44 receives the response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes a mapping relationship between each group identifier and each service identifier.
本实施例中,GCS AS自身建立并保存有GCSE组的组标识和MSK的映射关系,在从BM-SC获取业务标识与组标识的映射关系之后,GCS AS就拥有了MSK、组标识、业务标识三者间的映射关系,根据这三者的映射关系GCS AS就可以将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。下面举例进行说明:In this embodiment, the GCS AS establishes and stores the mapping relationship between the group identifier and the MSK of the GCSE group. After obtaining the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the group identifier from the BM-SC, the GCS AS has the MSK, the group identifier, and the service. The mapping relationship between the three parties is identified. According to the mapping relationship between the three, the GCS AS can send the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group. The following examples are given:
例如,GCS AS管理两个GCSE组,第一个GCSE组的组标识为组标识1(固定组标识),第一个GCSE组内包含UE1及UE2,第二GCSE组的组标识为组标识2(固定组标识),第二个GCSE组内包含UE3及UE4。在GCS AS生成MSK之后,建立MSK与组标识的映射关系(例如组标识1与MSK1为一组,组标识2与MSK2为一组)。在GCS AS从BM-SC获取组标识与业务标识的映射关系(例如组标识1与业务标识1为一组,组标识2与业务标识2为一组)之后,GCS AS就拥有了MSK、组标识、业务标识三者的一一映射关系(即MSK1、组标识1及业务标识1作为一组对应于第一个GCSE组,MSK2、组标识2及业务标识2作为一组对应于第二个GCSE组),后续GCS AS根据所获取的映射关系将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE,在这个例子中,即将MSK1发送给第一个GCSE组内的UE,将MSK2发送给第二个GCSE组内的UE。For example, the GCS AS manages two GCSE groups. The group ID of the first GCSE group is group ID 1 (fixed group ID), the first GCSE group contains UE1 and UE2, and the group ID of the second GCSE group is group ID 2 (fixed group identification), the second GCSE group contains UE3 and UE4. After the MSK is generated by the GCS AS, the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier is established (for example, the group identifier 1 and the MSK1 are a group, and the group identifier 2 and the MSK2 are a group). After the GCS AS obtains the mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier from the BM-SC (for example, the group identifier 1 and the service identifier 1 are a group, and the group identifier 2 and the service identifier 2 are a group), the GCS AS has the MSK and the group. A one-to-one mapping relationship between the identifier and the service identifier (ie, MSK1, group identifier 1, and service identifier 1 as a group corresponding to the first GCSE group, MSK2, group identifier 2, and service identifier 2 as a group corresponding to the second The GCSE group), the subsequent GCS AS sends the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the acquired mapping relationship. In this example, the MSK1 is sent to the UE in the first GCSE group, and the MSK2 is sent to the second GCSE. UE within the group.
另外,每个MSK还应该具有MSK标识及密钥有效期。每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期可以由GCS AS生成,也可以由BM-SC生成并下发给GCS  AS。In addition, each MSK should also have an MSK identity and a key validity period. The MSK ID and key validity period of each MSK can be generated by the GCS AS or generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS. AS.
当每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由GCS AS生成时,发送单元43在将MSK发送给BM-SC之后以及将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE的同时,还需要将各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给BM-SC和对应GCSE组内的UE。When the MSK identity and key validity period of each MSK is generated by the GCS AS, the transmitting unit 43 needs to send the MSK of each MSK after transmitting the MSK to the BM-SC and transmitting the MSK to the UEs in the corresponding GCSE group. The identifier and the key validity period, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK are sent to the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
当每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由BM-SC生成,然后发送给GCS AS时,需要由第三接收单元45接收BM-SC生成并发送的每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期。在这种情况下,发送单元43在将MSK发送给BM-SC之后以及将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE的同时,还将各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给BM-SC;将各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。When the MSK identity and key validity period of each MSK is generated by the BM-SC and then transmitted to the GCS AS, the third receiving unit 45 needs to receive the MSK identity and key validity period of each MSK generated and transmitted by the BM-SC. In this case, the transmitting unit 43 sends the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK to the UE after transmitting the MSK to the BM-SC and the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group. The BM-SC sends the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
装置实施例五:Device Embodiment 5:
请参阅图5,本实施例的GCS AS 50包括:Referring to FIG. 5, the GCS AS 50 of this embodiment includes:
第二接收单元51,用于接收BM-SC发送的密钥请求消息,所述密钥请求消息中包含业务标识和请求的MSK个数;a second receiving unit 51, configured to receive a key request message sent by the BM-SC, where the key request message includes a service identifier and a requested number of MSKs;
MSK生成单元52,用于生成MSK; MSK generating unit 52, configured to generate an MSK;
处理单元53,用于建立MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系;The processing unit 53 is configured to establish a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
发送单元55,用于将MSK发送给BM-SC,并根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。The sending unit 55 is configured to send the MSK to the BM-SC, and send the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
具体实现中,GCS AS可根据自身管理的GCSE组的个数,向BM-SC发送包含组个数和/或业务个数的请求消息,BM-SC根据GCS AS发送的组个数和/或业务个数发送密钥请求消息,所述密钥请求消息中包含业务标识和请求的MSK个数,第二接收单元51接收所述密钥请求消息,MSK生成单元52根据密钥请求消息生成MSK。处理单元53建立MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系,发送单元55将MSK发送给BM-SC,并根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。In a specific implementation, the GCS AS may send a request message including the number of groups and/or the number of services to the BM-SC according to the number of the GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS, and the number of groups and/or the number of groups sent by the BM-SC according to the GCS AS. The service number sends a key request message, where the key request message includes the service identifier and the requested number of MSKs, the second receiving unit 51 receives the key request message, and the MSK generating unit 52 generates the MSK according to the key request message. . The processing unit 53 establishes a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group, and the sending unit 55 sends the MSK to the BM-SC according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group. The MSK is sent to the UEs in the corresponding GCSE group.
另外,每个MSK还应该具有MSK标识及密钥有效期。每个MSK的MSK 标识及密钥有效期可以由GCS AS生成,也可以由BM-SC生成并下发给GCS AS。In addition, each MSK should also have an MSK identity and a key validity period. MSK per MSK The ID and key validity period can be generated by the GCS AS or generated by the BM-SC and delivered to the GCS AS.
当每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由GCS AS生成时,发送单元55在将MSK发送给BM-SC以及对应GCSE组内的UE的同时,还需要将各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给BM-SC和对应GCSE组内的UE。When the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK are generated by the GCS AS, the sending unit 55 needs to send the MSK to the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, and also needs to validate the MSK identifier and the key of each MSK. And the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK is sent to the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
当每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由BM-SC生成,然后发送给GCS AS时,需要由第三接收单元54接收BM-SC生成并发送的每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期。在这种情况下,发送单元55在将MSK发送给BM-SC以及对应GCSE组内的UE的同时,还将各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给BM-SC;将各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。When the MSK identity and key validity period of each MSK is generated by the BM-SC and then transmitted to the GCS AS, the third receiving unit 54 needs to receive the MSK identity and key validity period of each MSK generated and transmitted by the BM-SC. In this case, the sending unit 55 sends the MSK to the BM-SC and the corresponding UE in the GCSE group, and also sends the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK to the BM-SC; The MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK are sent to the UEs in the corresponding GCSE group.
上面几个装置实施例描述了实现MSK下发的GCS AS,下面几个装置实施例将描述实现MSK更新的GCS AS。The above several device embodiments describe the implementation of the GCS AS delivered by the MSK. The following device embodiments will describe the GCS AS that implements the MSK update.
装置实施例六:Device Embodiment 6:
请参阅图6,本实施例的GCS AS 60包括:Referring to FIG. 6, the GCS AS 60 of this embodiment includes:
判断单元61,用于根据预设规则判断MSK是否需要更新;The determining unit 61 is configured to determine, according to a preset rule, whether the MSK needs to be updated;
所述预设规则包括所述GCSE组内UE的加入和/或离开,或者MSK到有效期。The preset rule includes joining and/or leaving of the UE in the GCSE group, or MSK to the validity period.
MSK生成单元62,用于在判断单元61的判断结果为是时,生成新的MSK;The MSK generating unit 62 is configured to generate a new MSK when the determination result of the determining unit 61 is YES;
发送单元64,用于向BM-SC发送第一密钥更新消息,向对应GCSE组内的UE发送第二密钥更新消息,以使得BM-SC及对应GCSE组内的UE更新密钥,所述第一密钥更新消息及所述第二密钥更新消息中包含所述新的MSK。The sending unit 64 is configured to send a first key update message to the BM-SC, and send a second key update message to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, so that the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group update the key. The new MSK is included in the first key update message and the second key update message.
所述新的MSK还应该具有MSK标识及密钥有效期。所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期可以由GCS AS生成,也可以由BM-SC生成并下发给GCS AS。The new MSK should also have an MSK identity and a key validity period. The MSK identifier and the key validity period of the new MSK may be generated by the GCS AS or generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS AS.
当所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由GCS AS生成时,MSK生成单元62还用于在发送单元64向BM-SC发送第一密钥更新消息之前,生成所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期。所述第一密钥更新消息及所述第二密钥更新消息还包含:所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,所述新 的MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识。When the MSK identifier and the key validity period of the new MSK are generated by the GCS AS, the MSK generating unit 62 is further configured to generate the new MSK before the sending unit 64 sends the first key update message to the BM-SC. MSK identification and key validity period. The first key update message and the second key update message further include: an MSK identifier of the new MSK and a key validity period, the new The MSK corresponds to the GCSE group's group ID and/or service identifier.
当所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由BM-SC生成并下发给GCS AS时,第四接收单元63在发送单元64向BM-SC发送第一密钥更新消息之前,接收BM-SC发送的所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期。所述第一密钥更新消息中还包含:所述新的MSK对应的GCSE的组标识和/或业务标识;所述第二密钥更新消息中包含:所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,所述新的MSK对应的GCSE的组标识和/或业务标识。When the MSK identifier and the key validity period of the new MSK are generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS AS, the fourth receiving unit 63 receives the BM before the sending unit 64 sends the first key update message to the BM-SC. - The MSK identity and key validity period of the new MSK sent by the SC. The first key update message further includes: a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK; and the second key update message includes: the MSK identifier and the secret of the new MSK Key validity period, the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK.
装置实施例六描述了自行进行MSK更新的GCS AS,装置实施例七将描述由BM-SC触发进行MSK更新的GCS AS。The device embodiment 6 describes a GCS AS that performs MSK update by itself, and the device embodiment 7 will describe a GCS AS triggered by the BM-SC for MSK update.
装置实施例七:Device Embodiment 7:
请参阅图7,本实施例的GCS AS 70包括:Referring to FIG. 7, the GCS AS 70 of this embodiment includes:
第五接收单元71,用于接收BM-SC下发的密钥更新触发消息,所述密钥更新触发消息中包含GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识和/或需要更新的MSK的MSK标识;The fifth receiving unit 71 is configured to receive a key update trigger message sent by the BM-SC, where the key update trigger message includes a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group and/or an MSK identifier of the MSK that needs to be updated. ;
具体实现中,BM-SC可判断MSK是否需要更新,判断的准则例如:密钥到有效期。如果MSK需要更新,则BM-SC向GCS AS下发密钥更新触发消息。In a specific implementation, the BM-SC may determine whether the MSK needs to be updated, and the criterion for determining is, for example, a key to an expiration date. If the MSK needs to be updated, the BM-SC sends a key update trigger message to the GCS AS.
MSK生成单元72,用于生成新的MSK; MSK generating unit 72, configured to generate a new MSK;
发送单元74,用于向BM-SC发送第三密钥更新消息,向对应GCSE组内的UE发送第四密钥更新消息,以使得BM-SC及对应GCSE组内的UE更新密钥,所述第三密钥更新消息及所述第四密钥更新消息中包含所述新的MSK。The sending unit 74 is configured to send a third key update message to the BM-SC, and send a fourth key update message to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, so that the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group update the key. The new MSK is included in the third key update message and the fourth key update message.
所述新的MSK还应该具有MSK标识及密钥有效期。所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期可以由GCS AS生成,也可以由BM-SC生成并下发给GCS AS。The new MSK should also have an MSK identity and a key validity period. The MSK identifier and the key validity period of the new MSK may be generated by the GCS AS or generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS AS.
当所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由GCS AS生成时,MSK生成单元72还用于在发送单元74向BM-SC发送第三密钥更新消息之前,生成所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期。所述第三密钥更新消息及所述第四密钥更新消息还包含:所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,所述新的MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识。When the MSK identifier and the key validity period of the new MSK are generated by the GCS AS, the MSK generating unit 72 is further configured to generate the new MSK before the sending unit 74 sends the third key update message to the BM-SC. MSK identification and key validity period. The third key update message and the fourth key update message further include: an MSK identifier of the new MSK and a key validity period, a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK .
当所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由BM-SC生成并下发给GCS  AS时,需要由第六接收单元73在发送单元74向BM-SC发送第三密钥更新消息之前,接收BM-SC发送的所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期。所述第三密钥更新消息中还包含:所述新的MSK对应的GCSE的组标识和/或业务标识;所述第四密钥更新消息中包含:所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,所述新的MSK对应的GCSE的组标识和/或业务标识。When the MSK identifier and the key validity period of the new MSK are generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS In the AS, the sixth receiving unit 73 needs to receive the MSK identifier and the key validity period of the new MSK sent by the BM-SC before the sending unit 74 sends the third key update message to the BM-SC. The third key update message further includes: a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK; and the fourth key update message includes: the MSK identifier and the secret of the new MSK Key validity period, the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK.
上面的七个装置实施例介绍了MSK由GCS AS自身生成时,实现MSK下发的GCS AS,下面的装置实施例将介绍MSK由BM-SC生成时,实现MSK下发的GCS AS。The above seven device embodiments describe the GCS AS that is sent by the MSK when the MSK is generated by the GCS AS. The following device embodiment will describe the GCS AS delivered by the MSK when the MSK is generated by the BM-SC.
装置实施例八:Device Embodiment 8:
请参阅图8,本实施例的GCS AS 80包括:Referring to FIG. 8, the GCS AS 80 of this embodiment includes:
获取单元81,用于从BM-SC获取MSK;An obtaining unit 81, configured to acquire an MSK from the BM-SC;
映射建立单元82,用于建立MSK与各个组通信服务GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系;The mapping establishing unit 82 is configured to establish a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each group communication service GCSE group;
发送单元83,用于根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将生成的MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的用户设备UE。The sending unit 83 is configured to send the generated MSK to the user equipment UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
在一个具体的实施例中,发送单元83可根据GCS AS管理的GCSE组的个数向BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数,请求消息用于请求BM-SC分配MSK及业务标识和/或组标识。所述请求消息中请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数可与GCS AS管理的GCSE组的个数相同。In a specific embodiment, the sending unit 83 may send a request message to the BM-SC according to the number of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS, where the request message includes the requested group identifier number and/or the number of groups and/or Or the number of requested services, the request message is used to request the BM-SC to allocate the MSK and the service identifier and/or the group identifier. The number of group identifiers and/or groups requested in the request message and/or the number of requested services may be the same as the number of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS.
BM-SC为GCSE分配MSK及业务标识和/或组标识,并向GCS AS发送响应消息。获取单元81接收所述BM-SC发送的响应消息,所述响应消息中包含所述BM-SC分配的MSK及业务标识和/或组标识。另外,所述请求消息还用于请求BM-SC为每个MSK生成MSK标识及密钥有效期;所述响应消息中还包含每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期。The BM-SC allocates the MSK and the service identity and/or group identity to the GCSE and sends a response message to the GCS AS. The obtaining unit 81 receives the response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes the MSK and the service identifier and/or the group identifier allocated by the BM-SC. In addition, the request message is further used to request the BM-SC to generate an MSK identifier and a key validity period for each MSK; the response message further includes an MSK identifier and a key validity period of each MSK.
映射建立单元82建立MSK与各个组通信服务GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系,发送单元83根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将生成的MSK、各个MSK的标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。The mapping establishing unit 82 establishes a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each group communication service GCSE group, and the sending unit 83 generates the MSK according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group. The identifiers and key validity periods of the respective MSKs, and the group identifiers and/or service identifiers of the GCSE groups corresponding to the respective MSKs are sent to the UEs in the corresponding GCSE group.
在一个具体实施例中:GCS AS可以包括处理器及发送器,其中: In a specific embodiment: the GCS AS can include a processor and a transmitter, wherein:
处理器用于,生成MSK,建立或从BM-SC获取MSK与各个组通信服务GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系;The processor is configured to: generate an MSK, establish or obtain, from the BM-SC, a mapping relationship between the MSK and a group identifier and/or a service identifier of each group communication service GCSE group;
发送器用于,根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将生成的MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的用户设备UE。The transmitter is configured to send the generated MSK to the user equipment UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
或者or
处理器用于,从BM-SC获取MSK,建立MSK与各个组通信服务GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系;The processor is configured to acquire an MSK from the BM-SC, and establish a mapping relationship between the MSK and a group identifier and/or a service identifier of each group communication service GCSE group;
发送器用于,根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将生成的MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的用户设备UE。The transmitter is configured to send the generated MSK to the user equipment UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
需要说明的是,在上面对GCS AS进行描述的各个实施例中,可以理解为BM-SC向GCS AS发送的各种映射关系中,映射关系的本身是利用MSK、组标识以及业务标识本身表示的,因此,映射关系中既包含了MSK、组标识、业务标识本身,也包含三者之间的映射关系。当然,在其他的实施例中,映射关系还可以利用MSK的标识、代表组标识以及业务标识的其他信息表示,那么在BM-SC向GCS AS发送各种映射关系时,还应该将映射关系中涉及的MSK、组标识及业务标识发送给GCS AS。It should be noted that, in the various embodiments described above for the GCS AS, it can be understood that among the various mapping relationships that the BM-SC sends to the GCS AS, the mapping relationship itself utilizes the MSK, the group identifier, and the service identifier itself. Therefore, the mapping relationship includes both the MSK, the group identifier, the service identifier itself, and the mapping relationship between the three. Of course, in other embodiments, the mapping relationship may also be represented by the identifier of the MSK, the group identifier, and other information of the service identifier. When the BM-SC sends various mapping relationships to the GCS AS, the mapping relationship should also be The MSK, group identification and service identifier involved are sent to the GCS AS.
另外,在上面对GCS AS进行描述的各个实施例中,GCS AS自身建立的各种映射关系,可以理解为GCS AS利用MSK、组标识、业务标识本身建立映射关系,也可以理解为GCS AS利用MSK标识、代表组标识、业务标识的信息建立映射关系,此处不做具体限定。In addition, in the various embodiments described above for the GCS AS, the various mapping relationships established by the GCS AS can be understood as the GCS AS establishing a mapping relationship by using the MSK, the group identifier, and the service identifier itself, or can be understood as GCS AS. The mapping relationship is established by using the information of the MSK identifier, the group identifier, and the service identifier. This is not specifically limited.
下面介绍本发明实施例的BM-SC,本发明实施例的BM-SC用于实现对UE的授权检查。The BM-SC in the embodiment of the present invention is described below. The BM-SC in the embodiment of the present invention is used to implement authorization check on the UE.
装置实施例九:Device Example 9:
请参阅图9,本实施例的BM-SC 90包括:Referring to FIG. 9, the BM-SC 90 of this embodiment includes:
列表建立单元91,用于根据GCS AS发送的授权UE列表建立请求建立业务标识对应的授权UE列表;The list establishing unit 91 is configured to establish, according to the authorized UE list establishment request sent by the GCS AS, an authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier;
接收单元92,用于接收UE发送的业务激活请求,所述业务激活请求中包含所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识;The receiving unit 92 is configured to receive a service activation request sent by the UE, where the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate;
授权检查单元93,用于检查所述UE的标识是否在所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的授权UE列表中,如果在,则对所述UE的授权检查成功, 如果不在,则对所述UE的授权检查失败。The authorization checking unit 93 is configured to check whether the identifier of the UE is in the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, and if yes, the authorization check on the UE is successful, If not, the authorization check for the UE fails.
装置实施例十:Device Example 10:
本实施例是对本发明BM-SC的一个详细介绍,请参阅图10,本实施例的BM-SC包括:This embodiment is a detailed introduction of the BM-SC of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 10, the BM-SC of this embodiment includes:
接收单元101,接收GCS AS发送的请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数;The receiving unit 101 receives a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes the requested number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services;
第一生成单元102,用于生成业务标识;The first generating unit 102 is configured to generate a service identifier.
发送单元103,用于向GCS AS发送响应消息,所述响应消息中包含业务标识,以使得所述GCS AS将业务标识分配给各个GCSE组;The sending unit 103 is configured to send a response message to the GCS AS, where the response message includes a service identifier, so that the GCS AS allocates the service identifier to each GCSE group;
接收单元101还用于,接收GCS AS发送的授权UE列表建立请求及UE发送的业务激活请求;The receiving unit 101 is further configured to receive an authorized UE list establishment request sent by the GCS AS and a service activation request sent by the UE;
BM-SC还包括:The BM-SC also includes:
列表建立单元104,用于根据GCS AS发送的授权UE列表建立请求建立业务标识对应的授权UE列表;The list establishing unit 104 is configured to establish, according to the authorized UE list establishment request sent by the GCS AS, an authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier;
授权检查单元105,用于检查UE的标识是否在UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的授权UE列表中,如果在,则对所述UE的授权检查成功,如果不在,则对所述UE的授权检查失败。The authorization checking unit 105 is configured to check whether the identifier of the UE is in the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, if yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful, if not, the UE is The authorization check failed.
在其他的实施例中,BM-SC还可以包括第一更新单元106,用于根据接收单元101接收的授权UE列表更新请求更新对应的授权UE列表。In other embodiments, the BM-SC may further include a first update unit 106, configured to update the corresponding authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list update request received by the receiving unit 101.
在一个具体的实施例中,GCS AS根据自身管理的GCSE组的个数向BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数,所述请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数可以与GCS AS管理的GCSE组的个数相同。接收单元101接收GCS AS发送的请求消息。In a specific embodiment, the GCS AS sends a request message to the BM-SC according to the number of GCSE groups managed by itself, where the request message includes the requested number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the requested The number of services, the number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups of the request, and/or the number of requested services may be the same as the number of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS. The receiving unit 101 receives the request message sent by the GCS AS.
本实施例中,可以理解的是,GCS AS本身知道哪个UE属于哪个GCSE组,但每个GCSE组没有组标识及业务标识,因此需要请求BM-SC生成。In this embodiment, it can be understood that the GCS AS itself knows which UE belongs to which GCSE group, but each GCSE group does not have a group identifier and a service identifier, and therefore needs to request BM-SC generation.
第一生成单元102根据请求消息生成业务标识。发送单元103根据第一生成单元102生成的业务标识向GCS AS发送响应消息,所述响应消息中包含业务标识,以使得GCS AS将业务标识分配给各个组通信服务GCSE组。GCS AS将业务标识分配给各个GCSE组之后,根据各个GCSE组内包含的UE发送所 述授权UE列表建立请求,所述授权UE列表建立请求中包含GCSE组的业务标识以及对应的授权UE的标识。The first generating unit 102 generates a service identifier according to the request message. The sending unit 103 sends a response message to the GCS AS according to the service identifier generated by the first generating unit 102, where the response message includes a service identifier, so that the GCS AS allocates the service identifier to each group communication service GCSE group. After the GCS AS assigns the service identifier to each GCSE group, it sends the location according to the UEs included in each GCSE group. The authorized UE list establishment request includes the service identifier of the GCSE group and the identifier of the corresponding authorized UE.
列表建立单元104根据GCS AS发送的授权UE列表建立请求建立业务标识对应的授权UE列表,每个业务标识对应的授权UE列表中包含对应UE的标识。在接收单元101接收到UE发送的业务激活请求之后,授权检查单元105检查所述UE的标识是否在所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的授权UE列表中,如果在,则对所述UE的授权检查成功,如果不在,则对所述UE的授权检查失败。所述业务激活请求中包含所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识。The list establishing unit 104 establishes an authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier according to the authorized UE list establishment request sent by the GCS AS, and the authorized UE list corresponding to each service identifier includes the identifier of the corresponding UE. After the receiving unit 101 receives the service activation request sent by the UE, the authorization checking unit 105 checks whether the identifier of the UE is in the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, and if so, The authorization check of the UE is successful, and if not, the authorization check of the UE fails. The service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate.
另外,第一生成单元102根据请求消息生成业务标识的同时还可以生成组标识,并将组标识一并发送给GCS AS,以使得GCS AS将组标识也分配给各个GCSE组。这里的组标识可以理解为移动临时组标识。下面举例进行说明:In addition, the first generating unit 102 may generate a group identifier according to the request message, and may also generate a group identifier, and send the group identifier to the GCS AS, so that the GCS AS also assigns the group identifier to each GCSE group. The group identification here can be understood as a mobile temporary group identification. The following examples are given:
例如,GCS AS管理两个GCSE组,第一个GCSE组内包含UE1及UE2,第二GCSE组内包含UE3及UE4。在BM-SC将生成的组标识及业务标识发送给GCS AS之后,GCS AS将组标识(临时移动组标识)、业务标识分配给各个GCSE组(例如将组标识1及业务标识1作为一组并分给第一个GCSE组,将组标识2及业务标识2作为一组并分给第二个GCSE组),后续GCS AS向BM-SC发送授权UE列表建立请求,请求中包含GCSE组的业务标识以及对应的授权UE的标识(如业务标识1及UE1、UE2的标识,业务标识2及UE3、UE4的标识)。BM-SC建立与业务标识对应的授权UE列表(即业务标识1对应的授权UE列表中包含UE1及UE2,业务标识2对应的授权UE列表中包含UE3及UE4)。当BM-SC接收到某个UE发送的业务激活请求时,就可以查找并判断该UE的标识是否在该UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的授权UE列表中,如果在,则对该UE的授权检查成功,如果不在,则对该UE的授权检查失败。For example, the GCS AS manages two GCSE groups, the first GCSE group includes UE1 and UE2, and the second GCSE group includes UE3 and UE4. After the BM-SC sends the generated group identifier and the service identifier to the GCS AS, the GCS AS assigns the group identifier (temporary mobile group identifier) and the service identifier to each GCSE group (for example, group ID 1 and service identifier 1 are grouped together). And assigned to the first GCSE group, group ID 2 and service identifier 2 are grouped and assigned to the second GCSE group, and the subsequent GCS AS sends an authorized UE list establishment request to the BM-SC, where the request includes the GCSE group. The service identifier and the identifier of the corresponding authorized UE (such as the service identifier 1 and the identifiers of the UE1 and the UE2, the service identifier 2, and the identifiers of the UE3 and the UE4). The BM-SC establishes an authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier (that is, the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier 1 includes the UE1 and the UE2, and the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier 2 includes the UE3 and the UE4). When the BM-SC receives the service activation request sent by the UE, it can find and determine whether the identifier of the UE is in the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, and if so, The authorization check of the UE is successful. If not, the authorization check of the UE fails.
后续当GCS AS发现授权UE列表需要更新时,可以向BM-SC发送授权UE列表更新请求,接收单元101接收所述授权UE列表更新请求,所述授权UE列表更新请求中包含业务标识、UE的标识、删除和/或添加指示;第一更新单元106根据所述授权UE列表更新请求更新对应的授权UE列表。When the GCS AS finds that the authorized UE list needs to be updated, the authorized UE list update request may be sent to the BM-SC, and the receiving unit 101 receives the authorized UE list update request, where the authorized UE list update request includes the service identifier and the UE. Identifying, deleting, and/or adding an indication; the first update unit 106 updates the corresponding authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list update request.
装置实施例十一: Device Example 11:
装置实施例十中可以认为GCSE组不需要组标识,或组标识为BM-SC生成的临时移动组标识,本实施例将介绍GCSE的组标识为固定组标识时对UE进行授权检查的BM-SC,请参阅图11,本实施例的BM-SC 110包括:In the tenth embodiment of the device, the GCSE group may be configured as a temporary mobile group identifier generated by the BM-SC, or the group identification is a temporary mobile group identifier generated by the BM-SC. In this embodiment, the BM- SC, referring to FIG. 11, the BM-SC 110 of this embodiment includes:
接收单元111,用于接收GCS AS发送的请求消息,所述请求消息中包含GCSE组的组标识;The receiving unit 111 is configured to receive a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes a group identifier of the GCSE group;
第二生成单元112,用于生成业务标识并建立组标识与业务标识的映射关系;The second generating unit 112 is configured to generate a service identifier and establish a mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier.
接收单元111还用于,接收GCS AS发送的授权UE列表建立请求以及UE发送的业务激活请求,所述授权UE列表建立请求中包含GCSE组的组标识以及对应的授权UE的标识;The receiving unit 111 is further configured to: receive an authorized UE list establishment request sent by the GCS AS, and a service activation request sent by the UE, where the authorized UE list establishment request includes a group identifier of the GCSE group and an identifier of the corresponding authorized UE;
BM-SC还包括:The BM-SC also includes:
列表建立单元113,用于根据所述映射关系查找与所述授权UE列表建立请求中包含的组标识对应的业务标识,建立业务标识对应的授权UE列表;The list establishing unit 113 is configured to search, according to the mapping relationship, a service identifier corresponding to the group identifier included in the authorized UE list establishment request, and establish an authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier;
授权检查单元114,用于检查所述UE的标识是否在所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的授权UE列表中,如果在,则对所述UE的授权检查成功,如果不在,则对所述UE的授权检查失败。The authorization checking unit 114 is configured to check whether the identifier of the UE is in the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, and if yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful, if not, The authorization check for the UE failed.
在其他的实施例中,BM-SC还可以包括第二更新单元115,用于根据接收单元111接收的授权UE列表更新请求更新对应的授权UE列表。In other embodiments, the BM-SC may further include a second update unit 115, configured to update the corresponding authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list update request received by the receiving unit 111.
在一个具体的实施例中,GCS AS根据自身管理的GCSE组的个数向BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含GCSE组的组标识,组标识的个数与GCS AS管理的GCSE组的个数相同,接收单元111接收所述请求消息。第二生成单元112根据请求消息生成业务标识并建立组标识与业务标识的映射关系。In a specific embodiment, the GCS AS sends a request message to the BM-SC according to the number of GCSE groups that it manages. The request message includes the group identifier of the GCSE group, the number of group identifiers, and the GCSE managed by the GCS AS. The number of groups is the same, and the receiving unit 111 receives the request message. The second generating unit 112 generates a service identifier according to the request message and establishes a mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier.
所述GCS AS根据各个GCSE组内包含的UE发送授权UE列表建立请求,所述授权UE列表建立请求中包含GCSE组的组标识以及对应的授权UE的标识。接收单元111接收所述授权UE列表建立请求,列表建立单元113根据所建立的组标识与业务标识的映射关系查找与所述授权UE列表建立请求中包含的组标识对应的业务标识,建立查找到的业务标识对应的授权UE列表。授权UE列表中包含对应UE的标识。The GCS AS sends an authorized UE list establishment request according to the UE included in each GCSE group, where the authorized UE list establishment request includes the group identifier of the GCSE group and the identifier of the corresponding authorized UE. The receiving unit 111 receives the authorized UE list establishment request, and the list establishing unit 113 searches for the service identifier corresponding to the group identifier included in the authorized UE list establishment request according to the mapping relationship between the established group identifier and the service identifier, and establishes a search identifier. The service identifier corresponds to the list of authorized UEs. The authorized UE list contains the identifier of the corresponding UE.
在接收单元111接收到UE发送的业务激活请求后,授权检查单元114, 用于检查所述UE的标识是否在所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的授权UE列表中,如果在,则对所述UE的授权检查成功,如果不在,则对所述UE的授权检查失败。After the receiving unit 111 receives the service activation request sent by the UE, the authorization checking unit 114, If the identifier of the UE is in the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, if yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful, and if not, the UE is Authorization check failed.
后续当GCS AS发现授权UE列表需要更新时,可以向BM-SC发送授权UE列表更新请求,接收单元111接收所述授权UE列表更新请求,所述授权UE列表更新请求中包含业务标识和/或组标识、UE的标识、删除和/或添加指示;第二更新单元115根据所述授权UE列表更新请求更新对应的授权UE列表。When the GCS AS finds that the authorized UE list needs to be updated, the authorized UE list update request may be sent to the BM-SC, and the receiving unit 111 receives the authorized UE list update request, where the authorized UE list update request includes the service identifier and/or The group identifier, the identifier of the UE, the deletion, and/or the addition indication; the second update unit 115 updates the corresponding authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list update request.
在一个具体的实施例中,BM-SC还可以包括处理器及接收器,其中,In a specific embodiment, the BM-SC may further include a processor and a receiver, where
处理器用于,根据GCS AS发送的授权UE列表建立请求建立业务标识对应的授权UE列表;The processor is configured to: establish, according to the authorized UE list establishment request sent by the GCS AS, a list of authorized UEs corresponding to the service identifier;
接收器用于,接收UE发送的业务激活请求,所述业务激活请求中包含所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识;The receiver is configured to receive a service activation request sent by the UE, where the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate;
所述处理器还用于,检查所述UE的标识是否在所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的授权UE列表中,如果在,则对所述UE的授权检查成功,如果不在,则对所述UE的授权检查失败。The processor is further configured to: check whether the identifier of the UE is in an authorized UE list corresponding to a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate, if yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful, if not, Then the authorization check for the UE fails.
装置实施例十及十一描述了自身建立了授权UE列表,从而实现对UE进行授权检查的BM-SC,下面的实施例将描述自身没有建立授权UE列表,但是需要对UE进行授权检查的BM-SC。The device embodiments 10 and 11 describe the BM-SC in which the authorized UE list is established to implement the authorization check for the UE. The following embodiment will describe the BM that does not establish the authorized UE list but needs to perform the authorization check on the UE. -SC.
装置实施例十二:Device Example 12:
请参阅图12,本实施例的BM-SC 120包括:Referring to FIG. 12, the BM-SC 120 of this embodiment includes:
接收单元121,用于接收UE发送的业务激活请求,所述业务激活请求中包含所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识;The receiving unit 121 is configured to receive a service activation request sent by the UE, where the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate;
发送单元122,用于向GCS AS发送授权检查请求,以请求所述GCS AS检查所述UE的标识是否在所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的组通信服务GCSE组中,若在,则对所述UE的授权检查成功,若不在,则对所述UE的授权检查失败。The sending unit 122 is configured to send an authorization check request to the GCS AS, to request the GCS AS to check whether the identifier of the UE is in a group communication service GCSE group corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, if The authorization check for the UE is successful, and if not, the authorization check for the UE fails.
装置实施例十三:Device Example 13:
本实施例为本发明BM-SC的一个详细描述,请参阅图13,本实施例的BM-SC 130包括: This embodiment is a detailed description of the BM-SC of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 13, the BM-SC 130 of this embodiment includes:
接收单元131,用于接收所述GCS AS发送的请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数;The receiving unit 131 is configured to receive a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes the requested number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services;
第一生成单元132,用于生成业务标识;The first generating unit 132 is configured to generate a service identifier.
发送单元133,用于向GCS AS发送响应消息,所述响应消息中包含业务标识,以使得GCS AS将业务标识和分配给各个GCSE组;The sending unit 133 is configured to send a response message to the GCS AS, where the response message includes a service identifier, so that the GCS AS assigns the service identifier to each GCSE group;
接收单元131还用于,接收UE发送的授权检查请求,所述授权检查请求中包含所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识;The receiving unit 131 is further configured to: receive an authorization check request sent by the UE, where the authorization check request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate;
发送单元133还用于,向GCS AS发送授权检查请求,以请求所述GCS AS检查所述UE的标识是否在所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的组通信服务GCSE组中,若在,则对所述UE的授权检查成功,若不在,则对所述UE的授权检查失败。The sending unit 133 is further configured to send an authorization check request to the GCS AS, to request the GCS AS to check whether the identifier of the UE is in a group communication service GCSE group corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, The authorization check for the UE is successful, and if not, the authorization check for the UE fails.
在一个具体的实施例中,GCS AS根据自身管理的GCSE组的个数向BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数,所述请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数可以与GCS AS管理的GCSE组的个数相同。接收单元131接收GCS AS发送的请求消息。In a specific embodiment, the GCS AS sends a request message to the BM-SC according to the number of GCSE groups managed by itself, where the request message includes the requested number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the requested The number of services, the number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups of the request, and/or the number of requested services may be the same as the number of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS. The receiving unit 131 receives the request message sent by the GCS AS.
第一生成单元132根据请求消息生成业务标识。发送单元133根据第一生成单元132生成的业务标识向GCS AS发送响应消息,所述响应消息中包含业务标识,以使得GCS AS将业务标识分配给各个组通信服务GCSE组,GCS AS中相当于就有了业务标识对应的授权UE列表。The first generating unit 132 generates a service identifier according to the request message. The sending unit 133 sends a response message to the GCS AS according to the service identifier generated by the first generating unit 132, where the response message includes a service identifier, so that the GCS AS allocates the service identifier to each group communication service GCSE group, which is equivalent to the GCS AS. There is a list of authorized UEs corresponding to the service identifier.
在接收单元131接收到UE发送的业务激活请求之后,发送单元133向GCS AS发送授权检查请求,以请求GCS AS检查所述UE的标识是否在所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的组通信服务GCSE组中,若在,则对所述UE的授权检查成功,若不在,则对所述UE的授权检查失败。所述授权检查请求中包含所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识。GCS AS对UE进行授权检查之后,可以将授权检查结果发送给BM-SC。After the receiving unit 131 receives the service activation request sent by the UE, the sending unit 133 sends an authorization check request to the GCS AS to request the GCS AS to check whether the identifier of the UE is corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate. In the group communication service GCSE group, if yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful, and if not, the authorization check for the UE fails. The authorization check request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate. After the GCS AS performs an authorization check on the UE, the authorization check result can be sent to the BM-SC.
另外,第一生成单元132根据请求消息生成业务标识的同时还可以生成组标识,并将组标识一并发送给GCS AS,以使得GCS AS将组标识也分配给各个GCSE组。这里的组标识可以理解为移动临时组标识。下面举例进行说明:In addition, the first generating unit 132 may generate a group identifier according to the request message, and may also generate a group identifier, and send the group identifier to the GCS AS, so that the GCS AS also assigns the group identifier to each GCSE group. The group identification here can be understood as a mobile temporary group identification. The following examples are given:
例如,GCS AS管理两个GCSE组,第一个GCSE组内包含UE1及UE2, 第二个GCSE组内包含UE3及UE4。在BM-SC将生成的组标识及业务标识发送给GCS AS之后,GCS AS将组标识(临时移动组标识)、业务标识分配给各个GCSE组(例如将组标识1及业务标识1作为一组并分给第一个GCSE组,将组标识2及业务标识2作为一组并分给第二个GCSE组),后续当BM-SC接收到某个UE发送的业务激活请求时,就可以向GCS AS发送授权检查请求,以请求GCS AS检查该UE的标识是否在该UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的GCSE组中,如果在,则对该UE的授权检查成功,如果不在,则对该UE的授权检查失败。For example, the GCS AS manages two GCSE groups, and the first GCSE group includes UE1 and UE2. UE3 and UE4 are included in the second GCSE group. After the BM-SC sends the generated group identifier and the service identifier to the GCS AS, the GCS AS assigns the group identifier (temporary mobile group identifier) and the service identifier to each GCSE group (for example, group ID 1 and service identifier 1 are grouped together). And assigned to the first GCSE group, group ID 2 and service identifier 2 are grouped and assigned to the second GCSE group), and when the BM-SC receives the service activation request sent by a certain UE, the BM-SC can The GCS AS sends an authorization check request to request the GCS AS to check whether the identity of the UE is in the GCSE group corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate. If yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful, if not, then The authorization check for the UE failed.
装置实施例十四:Device Example 14:
装置实施例十三中可以认为GCSE组不需要组标识,或组标识为BM-SC生成的临时移动组标识,本实施例将介绍GCSE的组标识为固定组标识时对UE进行授权检查的BM-SC,请参阅图14,本实施例的BM-SC 140包括:In the thirteenth embodiment of the device, the GCSE group is not required to be a group identifier, or the group identifier is a temporary mobility group identifier generated by the BM-SC. In this embodiment, the BM that performs the authorization check on the UE when the group identifier of the GCSE is the fixed group identifier is introduced. -SC, referring to FIG. 14, the BM-SC 140 of this embodiment includes:
接收单元141,用于接收所述GCS AS发送的请求消息,所述请求消息中包含GCSE组的组标识;The receiving unit 141 is configured to receive a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes a group identifier of a GCSE group;
第二生成单元142,用于生成业务标识并建立组标识与业务标识的映射关系;The second generating unit 142 is configured to generate a service identifier and establish a mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier.
接收单元141还用于接收UE发送的业务激活请求,所述业务激活请求中包含UE的标识及UE想要激活的业务的业务标识;The receiving unit 141 is further configured to receive a service activation request sent by the UE, where the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate;
BM-SC还包括:The BM-SC also includes:
查找单元143,用于查找与所述业务激活请求中包含的业务标识对应的组标识;The searching unit 143 is configured to search for a group identifier corresponding to the service identifier included in the service activation request.
发送单元144,用于向GCS AS发送授权检查请求,所述授权检查请求中包括,所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的组标识,以请求GCS AS检查所述UE的标识是否在所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的组标识对应的GCSE组中。The sending unit 144 is configured to send an authorization check request to the GCS AS, where the authorization check request includes the identifier of the UE and a group identifier corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, to request the GCS AS checkpoint. Whether the identifier of the UE is in the GCSE group corresponding to the group identifier corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate.
在一个具体的实施例中,GCS AS根据自身管理的GCSE组的个数向BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含GCSE组的组标识,这种情况下相当于GCS AS自身具有组标识对应的授权UE列表,接收单元141接收所述请求消息。第二生成单元142根据请求消息生成业务标识并建立组标识与业务标识的映射关系。 In a specific embodiment, the GCS AS sends a request message to the BM-SC according to the number of GCSE groups managed by itself, and the request message includes a group identifier of the GCSE group, in this case, the GCS AS itself has a group. The corresponding authorized UE list is identified, and the receiving unit 141 receives the request message. The second generating unit 142 generates a service identifier according to the request message and establishes a mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier.
当接收单元141接收到UE发送的业务激活请求后,查找单元143查找与所述业务激活请求中包含的业务标识对应的组标识,所述业务激活请求中包含所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识。发送单元144向GCS AS发送授权检查请求,授权检查请求中包含所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的组标识,以请求GCS AS检查所述UE的标识是否在查找到的组标识对应的GCSE组中,如果在,则对该UE授权检查成功,否则,对该UE授权检查失败。GCS AS对UE进行授权检查之后,可以将授权检查结果发送给BM-SC。After the receiving unit 141 receives the service activation request sent by the UE, the searching unit 143 searches for the group identifier corresponding to the service identifier included in the service activation request, where the service activation request includes the identifier of the UE and the UE. The business identifier of the business you want to activate. The sending unit 144 sends an authorization check request to the GCS AS, where the authorization check request includes the identifier of the UE and the group identifier corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, to request the GCS AS to check whether the identifier of the UE is The GCSE group corresponding to the found group identifier is successful. If yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful. Otherwise, the authorization check for the UE fails. After the GCS AS performs an authorization check on the UE, the authorization check result can be sent to the BM-SC.
在一个具体的实施例中,BM-SC还可以包括接收器及发送器,其中,In a specific embodiment, the BM-SC may further include a receiver and a transmitter, where
接收器用于,接收UE发送的业务激活请求,所述业务激活请求中包含所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识;The receiver is configured to receive a service activation request sent by the UE, where the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate;
发送器用于,向组通信服务应用服务器GCS AS发送授权检查请求,以请求所述GCS AS检查所述UE的标识是否在所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的组通信服务GCSE组中,若在,则对所述UE的授权检查成功,若不在,则对所述UE的授权检查失败。The transmitter is configured to send an authorization check request to the group communication service application server GCS AS to request the GCS AS to check whether the identifier of the UE is in a group communication service GCSE group corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate. If yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful, and if not, the authorization check for the UE fails.
下面对本发明提供的密钥下发方法进行介绍。The method for issuing a key provided by the present invention is described below.
方法实施例一:Method embodiment one:
请参阅图15,图15为密钥下发方法一个实施例,本实施例的方法包括:Referring to FIG. 15, FIG. 15 is an embodiment of a method for issuing a key. The method in this embodiment includes:
S11、GCS AS生成MSK;S11, GCS AS generates MSK;
S12、GCS AS建立或从BM-SC获取MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系;S12. The GCS AS establishes or obtains, from the BM-SC, a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
具体实现中,建立或从BM-SC获取MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系包括:建立或从BM-SC获取MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识的映射关系,建立或从BM-SC获取MSK与各个GCSE组的业务标识的映射关系,以及建立或从BM-SC获取MSK、各个GCSE组的组标识、各个GCSE组的业务标识三者的映射关系。In a specific implementation, the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group is established or obtained from the BM-SC, including: establishing or mapping the mapping between the MSK and the group identifier of each GCSE group from the BM-SC, establishing or The mapping relationship between the MSK and the service identifiers of the respective GCSE groups is obtained from the BM-SC, and the mapping relationship between the MSK, the group identifier of each GCSE group, and the service identifier of each GCSE group is established or obtained from the BM-SC.
其中,组标识可以是GCS AS为GCSE组分配的或GCSE组自身就有的固定组标识,也可以是BM-SC根据GCS AS的请求生成的临时移动组标识,例如TMGI。The group identifier may be a fixed group identifier that is allocated by the GCS AS for the GCSE group or the GCSE group itself, or may be a temporary mobile group identifier generated by the BM-SC according to the request of the GCS AS, for example, TMGI.
生成的MSK可以有多个,每个GCSE组可以和一个MSK建立映射关系, 也可以和多个MSK建立映射关系,即每个GCSE组可以只有一个MSK,也可以有多个MSK。为便于描述,后续实施例中将以每个GCSE组只有一个MSK,且每个GCSE组只具有一个组标识和/或业务标识的情形进行说明。There may be multiple MSKs generated, and each GCSE group can establish a mapping relationship with an MSK. It is also possible to establish a mapping relationship with multiple MSKs, that is, each GCSE group may have only one MSK or multiple MSKs. For ease of description, the following embodiments will be described in the case where there is only one MSK per GCSE group, and each GCSE group has only one group identifier and/or service identifier.
S13、GCS AS根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将生成的MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。S13. The GCS AS sends the generated MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
本实施例中,GCS AS可以生成MSK,并建立或从BM-SC获取MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系,然后根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将MSK下发给对应GCSE组内的UE,即实现了在部分重用MBMS安全机制场景下GCS AS完成MSK的下发。In this embodiment, the GCS AS may generate an MSK, and obtain or obtain a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identity and/or service identifier of each GCSE group from the BM-SC, and then according to the group identity and/or service of the MSK and each GCSE group. The mapping relationship of the identity is sent to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, that is, the GCS AS completes the delivery of the MSK in the scenario of partially reusing the MBMS security mechanism.
方法实施例二:Method Embodiment 2:
本实施例是对本发明密钥下发方法的一个具体描述,请参阅图16,本实施例的方法包括:This embodiment is a specific description of the method for issuing a key according to the present invention. Referring to FIG. 16, the method in this embodiment includes:
S21、GCS AS向BM-SC发送请求消息,请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数;S21. The GCS AS sends a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes the requested number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services.
本实施例中,可以理解为GCSE组的组标识为由BM-SC生成的临时移动组标识。In this embodiment, it can be understood that the group identifier of the GCSE group is the temporary mobility group identifier generated by the BM-SC.
具体实现中,当确定UE采用多播承载时,GCS AS向BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求BM-SC分配业务标识和/或组标识,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数。组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数可以由GCS AS管理的GCSE组的组个数来确定,即GCS AS管理几个GCSE组,后续就请求几个组标识和/或几个业务标识。In a specific implementation, when it is determined that the UE adopts a multicast bearer, the GCS AS sends a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message is used to request the BM-SC to allocate a service identifier and/or a group identifier, where the request message includes the requested The group identifies the number and/or number of groups and/or the number of services requested. The number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services may be determined by the number of groups of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS, that is, the GCS AS manages several GCSE groups, and subsequently requests several group identifiers and / or several business identifiers.
本实施例中,可以理解的是,GCS AS本身知道哪个UE属于哪个GCSE组,只是每个GCSE组没有组标识及业务标识,需要请求BM-SC生成。In this embodiment, it can be understood that the GCS AS itself knows which UE belongs to which GCSE group, but each GCSE group does not have a group identifier and a service identifier, and needs to request BM-SC generation.
S22、GCS AS接收BM-SC发送的响应消息,响应消息中包含所述BM-SC分配的业务标识和/或组标识;S22. The GCS AS receives the response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes the service identifier and/or the group identifier allocated by the BM-SC.
BM-SC生成组标识和/或业务标识,并向GCS AS发送响应消息,响应消息中包含BM-SC生成的组标识和/或业务标识,GCS AS接收所述响应消息。The BM-SC generates a group identifier and/or a service identifier, and sends a response message to the GCS AS, where the response message includes a group identifier and/or a service identifier generated by the BM-SC, and the GCS AS receives the response message.
S23、GCS AS生成MSK;S23, GCS AS generates MSK;
S24、GCS AS建立MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射 关系;S24. The GCS AS establishes a mapping between the MSK and the group identifier and/or service identifier of each GCSE group. relationship;
S25、GCS AS将MSK发送给BM-SC,以及根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将生成的MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。下面举例进行说明:S25. The GCS AS sends the MSK to the BM-SC, and sends the generated MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group. The following examples are given:
例如,GCS AS管理两个GCSE组,第一个GCSE组内包含UE1及UE2,第二GCSE组内包含UE3及UE4。在GCS AS生成MSK及从BM-SC获取组标识与业务标识后,建立MSK、组标识(临时移动组标识)、业务标识三者的一一映射关系(例如将MSK1、组标识1及业务标识1作为一组并分给第一个GCSE组,将MSK2、组标识2及业务标识2作为一组并分给第二个GCSE组),后续GCS AS直接将生成的MSK发送给BM-SC,并根据所建立的映射关系将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE,在这个例子中,即将MSK1发送给第一个GCSE组内的UE,将MSK2发送给第二个GCSE组内的UE。For example, the GCS AS manages two GCSE groups, the first GCSE group includes UE1 and UE2, and the second GCSE group includes UE3 and UE4. After the MSK is generated by the GCS AS and the group identifier and the service identifier are obtained from the BM-SC, a one-to-one mapping relationship between the MSK, the group identifier (temporary mobile group identifier), and the service identifier is established (for example, MSK1, group identifier 1, and service identifier are set). As a group and assigned to the first GCSE group, the MSK2, the group identifier 2 and the service identifier 2 are grouped and assigned to the second GCSE group, and the subsequent GCS AS directly sends the generated MSK to the BM-SC. And sending the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the established mapping relationship. In this example, the MSK1 is sent to the UE in the first GCSE group, and the MSK2 is sent to the UE in the second GCSE group.
另外,每个MSK还应该具有MSK标识及密钥有效期。每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期可以由GCS AS生成,也可以由BM-SC生成并下发给GCS AS。In addition, each MSK should also have an MSK identity and a key validity period. The MSK ID and key validity period of each MSK can be generated by the GCS AS or generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS AS.
当每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由GCS AS生成时,GCS AS在将MSK发送给BM-SC及对应GCSE组内的UE的同时,还需要将各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给BM-SC和对应GCSE组内的UE。When the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK are generated by the GCS AS, the GCS AS needs to send the MSK to the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, and also needs to validate the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK. And the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK is sent to the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
当每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由BM-SC生成,然后发送给GCS AS时,在步骤S25之前,GCS AS还要接收BM-SC生成并发送的每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期。在这种情况下,GCS AS在将MSK发送给BM-SC以及对应GCSE组内的UE的同时,还需要将各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给BM-SC;将各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。When the MSK identifier and key validity period of each MSK is generated by the BM-SC and then transmitted to the GCS AS, the GCS AS also receives the MSK identifier and key of each MSK generated and transmitted by the BM-SC before step S25. Validity period. In this case, the GCS AS sends the MSK to the BM-SC and the corresponding UE in the GCSE group, and also needs to send the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK to the BM-SC; The MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK are sent to the UEs in the corresponding GCSE group.
方法实施例三:Method embodiment three:
本实施例是对本发明密钥下发方法的一个具体描述,请参阅图17,本实施例的方法包括:This embodiment is a specific description of the method for issuing a key according to the present invention. Referring to FIG. 17, the method in this embodiment includes:
S31、GCS AS生成MSK; S31, GCS AS generates MSK;
具体实现中,GCS AS根据自身管理的GCSE组的个数生成MSK,生成MSK的个数可与GCS AS管理的GCSE组的个数相同。In a specific implementation, the GCS AS generates an MSK according to the number of GCSE groups managed by itself, and the number of generated MSKs may be the same as the number of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS.
S32、GCS AS向BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和MSK;S32, the GCS AS sends a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes the requested group identifier number and the MSK;
所述请求消息用于请求BM-SC分配组标识和/或业务标识并建立各个组标识和/或各个业务标识与各个MSK的映射关系。The request message is used to request the BM-SC to allocate a group identifier and/or a service identifier and establish a mapping relationship between each group identifier and/or each service identifier and each MSK.
本实施例中,可以理解为GCSE组的组标识为由BM-SC生成的临时移动组标识。In this embodiment, it can be understood that the group identifier of the GCSE group is the temporary mobility group identifier generated by the BM-SC.
S33、GCS AS接收BM-SC发送的响应消息,所述响应消息中包含各个组标识和/或各个业务标识与各个MSK的映射关系;S33. The GCS AS receives a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes a mapping relationship between each group identifier and/or each service identifier and each MSK.
S34、GCS AS根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将生成的MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的用户设备UE。S34. The GCS AS sends the generated MSK to the user equipment UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identity and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
另外,每个MSK还应该具有MSK标识及密钥有效期。每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期可以由GCS AS生成,也可以由BM-SC生成并下发给GCS AS。In addition, each MSK should also have an MSK identity and a key validity period. The MSK ID and key validity period of each MSK can be generated by the GCS AS or generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS AS.
当每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由GCS AS生成时,GCS AS在将MSK发送给BM-SC之后以及将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE时,还需要将各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给BM-SC和对应GCSE组内的UE。When the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK are generated by the GCS AS, the GCS AS needs to send the MSK identifier of each MSK after transmitting the MSK to the BM-SC and sending the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group. The key validity period, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK are sent to the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
当每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由BM-SC生成,然后发送给GCS AS时,在步骤S34之前,GCS AS还需要接收BM-SC生成并发送的每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期。在这种情况下,GCS AS在将MSK发送给BM-SC之后以及将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE时,还需要将各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给BM-SC;将各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。When the MSK identity and key validity period of each MSK is generated by the BM-SC and then sent to the GCS AS, the GCS AS also needs to receive the MSK identifier and key of each MSK generated and transmitted by the BM-SC before step S34. Validity period. In this case, after the MSC is sent to the BM-SC and the MSK is sent to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, the GCS AS needs to send the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK to the BM. -SC; Send the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
方法实施例二及方法实施例三介绍了当GCSE组的组标识为BM-SC生成的临时移动组标识时,实现MSK下发的方法,下面两个方法实施例将介绍当GCSE组的组标识为固定组标识时,实现MSK下发的方法。Method Embodiment 2 and Method Embodiment 3 describes a method for implementing MSK delivery when the group identifier of the GCSE group is the temporary mobility group identifier generated by the BM-SC. The following two method embodiments will introduce the group identifier of the GCSE group. The method for sending the MSK is implemented when the group ID is fixed.
方法实施例四: Method Embodiment 4:
请参阅图18,本实施例的方法包括:Referring to FIG. 18, the method of this embodiment includes:
S41、GCS AS生成MSK;S41, GCS AS generates MSK;
GCS AS可根据自身管理的GCSE组的个数生成MSK,生成MSK的个数可与GCS AS管理的GCSE组的个数相同。The GCS AS can generate the MSK according to the number of GCSE groups managed by itself, and the number of generated MSKs can be the same as the number of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS.
S42、GCS AS建立MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识的映射关系;S42. The GCS AS establishes a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier of each GCSE group.
S43、GCS AS向BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含各个MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识的映射关系;S43. The GCS AS sends a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes a mapping relationship between each MSK and a group identifier of each GCSE group.
S44、GCS AS接收BM-SC发送的响应消息,所述响应消息中包含各个组标识与各个业务标识的映射关系;S44. The GCS AS receives a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes a mapping relationship between each group identifier and each service identifier.
S45、GCS AS根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。S45. The GCS AS sends the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
本实施例中,GCS AS自身建立并保存有GCSE组的组标识和MSK的映射关系,在从BM-SC获取业务标识与组标识的映射关系之后,GCS AS就拥有了MSK、组标识、业务标识三者间的映射关系,根据这三者的映射关系GCS AS就可以将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。下面举例进行说明:In this embodiment, the GCS AS establishes and stores the mapping relationship between the group identifier and the MSK of the GCSE group. After obtaining the mapping relationship between the service identifier and the group identifier from the BM-SC, the GCS AS has the MSK, the group identifier, and the service. The mapping relationship between the three parties is identified. According to the mapping relationship between the three, the GCS AS can send the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group. The following examples are given:
例如,GCS AS管理两个GCSE组,第一个GCSE组的组标识为组标识1(固定组标识),第一个GCSE组内包含UE1及UE2,第二GCSE组的组标识为组标识2(固定组标识),第二个GCSE组内包含UE3及UE4。在GCS AS生成MSK之后,建立MSK与组标识的映射关系(例如组标识1与MSK1为一组,组标识2与MSK2为一组)。在GCS AS从BM-SC获取组标识与业务标识的映射关系(例如组标识1与业务标识1为一组,组标识2与业务标识2为一组)之后,GCS AS就拥有了MSK、组标识、业务标识三者的一一映射关系(即MSK1、组标识1及业务标识1作为一组对应于第一个GCSE组,MSK2、组标识2及业务标识2作为一组对应于第二个GCSE组),后续GCS AS根据所获取的映射关系将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE,在这个例子中,即将MSK1发送给第一个GCSE组内的UE,将MSK2发送给第二个GCSE组内的UE。For example, the GCS AS manages two GCSE groups. The group ID of the first GCSE group is group ID 1 (fixed group ID), the first GCSE group contains UE1 and UE2, and the group ID of the second GCSE group is group ID 2 (fixed group identification), the second GCSE group contains UE3 and UE4. After the MSK is generated by the GCS AS, the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier is established (for example, the group identifier 1 and the MSK1 are a group, and the group identifier 2 and the MSK2 are a group). After the GCS AS obtains the mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier from the BM-SC (for example, the group identifier 1 and the service identifier 1 are a group, and the group identifier 2 and the service identifier 2 are a group), the GCS AS has the MSK and the group. A one-to-one mapping relationship between the identifier and the service identifier (ie, MSK1, group identifier 1, and service identifier 1 as a group corresponding to the first GCSE group, MSK2, group identifier 2, and service identifier 2 as a group corresponding to the second The GCSE group), the subsequent GCS AS sends the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the acquired mapping relationship. In this example, the MSK1 is sent to the UE in the first GCSE group, and the MSK2 is sent to the second GCSE. UE within the group.
另外,每个MSK还应该具有MSK标识及密钥有效期。每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期可以由GCS AS生成,也可以由BM-SC生成并下发给GCS AS。 In addition, each MSK should also have an MSK identity and a key validity period. The MSK ID and key validity period of each MSK can be generated by the GCS AS or generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS AS.
当每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由GCS AS生成时,GCS AS在将MSK发送给BM-SC之后以及将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE的同时,还需要将各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给BM-SC和对应GCSE组内的UE。When the MSK identity and key validity period of each MSK is generated by the GCS AS, the GCS AS needs to send the MSK identifier of each MSK after transmitting the MSK to the BM-SC and sending the MSK to the UEs in the corresponding GCSE group. And the key validity period, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK are sent to the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
当每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由BM-SC生成,然后发送给GCS AS时,在步骤S45之前,GCS AS还需要接收BM-SC生成并发送的每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期。在这种情况下,GCS AS在将MSK发送给BM-SC之后以及将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE的同时,还将各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给BM-SC;将各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。When the MSK identity and key validity period of each MSK is generated by the BM-SC and then sent to the GCS AS, before the step S45, the GCS AS also needs to receive the MSK identifier and key of each MSK generated and transmitted by the BM-SC. Validity period. In this case, after transmitting the MSK to the BM-SC and sending the MSK to the UEs in the corresponding GCSE group, the GCS AS also sends the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK to the BM. -SC; Send the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
方法实施例五:Method Embodiment 5:
请参阅图19,本实施例的密钥下发方法包括:Referring to FIG. 19, the method for issuing a key in this embodiment includes:
S51、GCS AS接收BM-SC发送的密钥请求消息,所述密钥请求消息中包含业务标识和请求的MSK个数;S51. The GCS AS receives a key request message sent by the BM-SC, where the key request message includes a service identifier and a requested number of MSKs.
GCS AS可根据自身管理的GCSE组的个数,向BM-SC发送包含组个数和/或业务个数的请求消息,BM-SC根据GCS AS发送的组个数和/或业务个数发送密钥请求消息,所述密钥请求消息中包含业务标识和请求的MSK个数,GCS AS接收所述密钥请求消息。The GCS AS may send a request message including the number of groups and/or the number of services to the BM-SC according to the number of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS, and the BM-SC sends the number of groups and/or the number of services sent by the GCS AS according to the number of groups and/or the number of services sent by the GCS AS. A key request message, where the key request message includes a service identifier and a number of MSKs requested, and the GCS AS receives the key request message.
S52、GCS AS生成MSK;S52. The GCS AS generates an MSK.
S53、GCS AS建立MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系;S53. The GCS AS establishes a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or service identifier of each GCSE group.
S54、GCS AS将MSK发送给BM-SC,并根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。S54. The GCS AS sends the MSK to the BM-SC, and sends the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
另外,每个MSK还应该具有MSK标识及密钥有效期。每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期可以由GCS AS生成,也可以由BM-SC生成并下发给GCS AS。In addition, each MSK should also have an MSK identity and a key validity period. The MSK ID and key validity period of each MSK can be generated by the GCS AS or generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS AS.
当每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由GCS AS生成时,GCS AS在将MSK发送给BM-SC以及对应GCSE组内的UE的同时,还需要将各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业 务标识发送给BM-SC和对应GCSE组内的UE。When the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK are generated by the GCS AS, the GCS AS needs to send the MSK to the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, and also needs to validate the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK. And the group identification and/or industry of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK. The service identifier is sent to the BM-SC and the UE within the corresponding GCSE group.
当每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由BM-SC生成,然后发送给GCS AS时,在步骤S54之前,GCS AS还需要接收BM-SC生成并发送的每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期。在这种情况下,发送单元55在将MSK发送给BM-SC以及对应GCSE组内的UE的同时,还将各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给BM-SC;将各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。When the MSK identity and key validity period of each MSK is generated by the BM-SC and then sent to the GCS AS, before the step S54, the GCS AS also needs to receive the MSK identifier and key of each MSK generated and transmitted by the BM-SC. Validity period. In this case, the sending unit 55 sends the MSK to the BM-SC and the corresponding UE in the GCSE group, and also sends the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK to the BM-SC; The MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK are sent to the UEs in the corresponding GCSE group.
上面几个方法实施例描述了MSK下发方法,下面几个方法实施例将描述在完成MSK下发之后,对MSK进行更新的方法。The foregoing method embodiments describe the MSK delivery method. The following method embodiments will describe a method for updating the MSK after the MSK is delivered.
方法实施例六:Method Embodiment 6:
请参阅图20,本实施例MSK更新方法包括:Referring to FIG. 20, the MSK update method in this embodiment includes:
S61、GCS AS根据预设规则判断MSK是否需要更新;若是,则执行步骤S62,否则,执行步骤S64结束处理;S61: The GCS AS determines, according to the preset rule, whether the MSK needs to be updated; if yes, step S62 is performed; otherwise, step S64 is performed to end the processing;
所述预设规则包括所述GCSE组内UE的加入和/或离开,或者MSK到有效期。The preset rule includes joining and/or leaving of the UE in the GCSE group, or MSK to the validity period.
S62、GCS AS生成新的MSK;S62, GCS AS generates a new MSK;
S63、GCS AS向BM-SC发送第一密钥更新消息,向对应GCSE组内的UE发送第二密钥更新消息,以使得BM-SC及对应GCSE组内的UE更新密钥。所述第一密钥更新消息及所述第二密钥更新消息中包含所述新的MSK。S63. The GCS AS sends a first key update message to the BM-SC, and sends a second key update message to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, so that the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group update the key. The new MSK is included in the first key update message and the second key update message.
所述新的MSK还应该具有MSK标识及密钥有效期。所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期可以由GCS AS生成,也可以由BM-SC生成并下发给GCS AS。The new MSK should also have an MSK identity and a key validity period. The MSK identifier and the key validity period of the new MSK may be generated by the GCS AS or generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS AS.
当所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由GCS AS生成时,GCS AS在发送第一密钥更新消息之前,还生成所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期。所述第一密钥更新消息及所述第二密钥更新消息还包含:所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,所述新的MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识。When the MSK identifier and the key validity period of the new MSK are generated by the GCS AS, the GCS AS also generates an MSK identifier and a key validity period of the new MSK before transmitting the first key update message. The first key update message and the second key update message further include: an MSK identifier of the new MSK and a key validity period, and a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK. .
当所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由BM-SC生成并下发给GCS AS时,GCS AS在向BM-SC发送第一密钥更新消息之前,还接收BM-SC发 送的所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期。所述第一密钥更新消息中还包含:所述新的MSK对应的GCSE的组标识和/或业务标识;所述第二密钥更新消息中包含:所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,所述新的MSK对应的GCSE的组标识和/或业务标识。When the MSK identifier and the key validity period of the new MSK are generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS AS, the GCS AS also receives the BM-SC before sending the first key update message to the BM-SC. The MSK identification and key validity period of the new MSK sent. The first key update message further includes: a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK; and the second key update message includes: the MSK identifier and the secret of the new MSK Key validity period, the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK.
方法实施例六描述了GCS AS自行进行MSK更新的方法,方法实施例七将描述由BM-SC触发GCS AS进行MSK更新的方法。Method Embodiment 6 describes a method for the GCS AS to perform MSK update by itself. The method embodiment 7 will describe a method for triggering the GCS AS for MSK update by the BM-SC.
方法实施例七:Method Embodiment 7:
请参阅图21,本实施例的MSK更新方法包括:Referring to FIG. 21, the MSK update method in this embodiment includes:
S71、GCS AS接收BM-SC下发的密钥更新触发消息,所述密钥更新触发消息中包含GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识和/或需要更新的MSK的MSK标识;S71. The GCS AS receives a key update trigger message sent by the BM-SC, where the key update trigger message includes a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group and/or an MSK identifier of the MSK that needs to be updated.
具体实现中,BM-SC可判断MSK是否需要更新,判断的准则例如:密钥到有效期。如果MSK需要更新,则BM-SC向GCS AS下发密钥更新触发消息。In a specific implementation, the BM-SC may determine whether the MSK needs to be updated, and the criterion for determining is, for example, a key to an expiration date. If the MSK needs to be updated, the BM-SC sends a key update trigger message to the GCS AS.
S72、生成新的MSK;S72. Generate a new MSK.
S73、向BM-SC发送第三密钥更新消息,向对应GCSE组内的UE发送第四密钥更新消息,以使得BM-SC及对应GCSE组内的UE更新密钥,所述第三密钥更新消息及所述第四密钥更新消息中包含所述新的MSK。S73. Send a third key update message to the BM-SC, and send a fourth key update message to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, so that the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group update the key, the third secret. The new MSK is included in the key update message and the fourth key update message.
所述新的MSK还应该具有MSK标识及密钥有效期。所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期可以由GCS AS生成,也可以由BM-SC生成并下发给GCS AS。The new MSK should also have an MSK identity and a key validity period. The MSK identifier and the key validity period of the new MSK may be generated by the GCS AS or generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS AS.
当所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由GCS AS生成时,GCS AS在向BM-SC发送第三密钥更新消息之前,还生成所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期。所述第三密钥更新消息及所述第四密钥更新消息还包含:所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,所述新的MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识。When the MSK identifier and the key validity period of the new MSK are generated by the GCS AS, the GCS AS also generates the MSK identifier and the key validity period of the new MSK before transmitting the third key update message to the BM-SC. The third key update message and the fourth key update message further include: an MSK identifier of the new MSK and a key validity period, a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK .
当所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由BM-SC生成并下发给GCS AS时,GCS AS在向BM-SC发送第三密钥更新消息之前,还接收BM-SC发送的所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期。所述第三密钥更新消息中还包含:所述新的MSK对应的GCSE的组标识和/或业务标识;所述第四密钥更 新消息中包含:所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,所述新的MSK对应的GCSE的组标识和/或业务标识。When the MSK identifier and the key validity period of the new MSK are generated by the BM-SC and sent to the GCS AS, the GCS AS also receives the BM-SC transmission before sending the third key update message to the BM-SC. The MSK identity and key validity period of the new MSK. The third key update message further includes: a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK; the fourth key is further The new message includes: an MSK identifier of the new MSK and a key validity period, and a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK.
上面的七个方法实施例介绍了MSK由GCS AS自身生成时,GCS AS实现MSK下发的方法,下面的方法实施例将介绍MSK由BM-SC生成时,GCS AS实现MSK下发的方法。The above seven method embodiments describe the method for the MSK to be sent by the GCS AS when the MSK is generated by the GCS AS. The following method embodiment describes the method for the GCS AS to implement the MSK when the MSK is generated by the BM-SC.
方法实施例八:Method Embodiment 8:
请参阅图22,本实施例的方法包括:Referring to FIG. 22, the method of this embodiment includes:
S81、GCS AS从BM-SC获取MSK;S81, the GCS AS acquires the MSK from the BM-SC;
S82、GCS AS建立MSK与各个组通信服务GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系;S82. The GCS AS establishes a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each group communication service GCSE group.
S83、GCS AS根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将生成的MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。S83. The GCS AS sends the generated MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
本实施例中,GCS AS可以从BM-SC获取MSK,建立MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系,然后根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将MSK下发给对应GCSE组内的UE,即实现了在部分重用MBMS安全机制场景下GCS AS完成MSK的下发。In this embodiment, the GCS AS may obtain the MSK from the BM-SC, establish a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifiers and/or service identifiers of the respective GCSE groups, and then map according to the group identifier and/or service identifier of the MSK group and each GCSE group. The relationship is sent to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, that is, the GCS AS completes the delivery of the MSK in the scenario of partially reusing the MBMS security mechanism.
方法实施例九:Method Example 9:
请参阅图23,当MSK由BM-SC生成时,GCS AS实现MSK下发的方法的一个具体实施例包括:Referring to FIG. 23, when the MSK is generated by the BM-SC, a specific embodiment of the method for the GCS AS to implement the MSK delivery includes:
S91、GCS AS向BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数;S91. The GCS AS sends a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes the requested number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services.
GCS AS可根据自身管理的GCSE组的个数向BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数可与GCS AS管理的GCSE组的个数相同。The GCS AS may send a request message to the BM-SC according to the number of GCSE groups managed by itself, and the number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups requested in the request message and/or the number of requested services may be managed by the GCS AS. The number of GCSE groups is the same.
所述请求消息用于请求BM-SC分配MSK及业务标识和/或组标识,另外,所述请求消息还用于请求BM-SC为每个MSK生成MSK标识及密钥有效期。The request message is used to request the BM-SC to allocate the MSK and the service identifier and/or the group identifier. In addition, the request message is further used to request the BM-SC to generate an MSK identifier and a key validity period for each MSK.
S92、GCS AS接收BM-SC发送的响应消息,所述响应消息中包含所述BM-SC分配的MSK及业务标识和/或组标识;S92. The GCS AS receives the response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes the MSK and the service identifier and/or the group identifier allocated by the BM-SC.
另外,所述响应消息中还包含每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期。In addition, the response message further includes an MSK identifier and a key validity period of each MSK.
S93、GCS AS建立MSK与各个组通信服务GCSE组的组标识和/或业务 标识的映射关系;S93. The GCS AS establishes a group identity and/or service of the MSK and each group communication service GCSE group. The mapping relationship of the identifier;
S94、GCS AS根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将生成的MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。S94. The GCS AS sends the generated MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
另外,GCS AS还将各个MSK的标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。In addition, the GCS AS also sends the identifiers and key validity periods of the respective MSKs, and the group identifiers and/or service identifiers of the GCSE groups corresponding to the respective MSKs to the UEs in the corresponding GCSE group.
需要说明的是,在上面对密钥下发方法进行描述的各个实施例中,可以理解为BM-SC向GCS AS发送的各种映射关系中,映射关系的本身是利用MSK、组标识以及业务标识本身表示的,因此,映射关系中既包含了MSK、组标识、业务标识本身,也包含三者之间的映射关系。当然,在其他的实施例中,映射关系还可以利用MSK的标识、代表组标识以及业务标识的其他信息表示,那么在BM-SC向GCS AS发送各种映射关系时,还应该将映射关系中涉及的MSK、组标识及业务标识发送给GCS AS。It should be noted that, in various embodiments in which the method for issuing a key is described above, it can be understood that among the various mapping relationships sent by the BM-SC to the GCS AS, the mapping relationship itself utilizes the MSK, the group identifier, and The service identifier itself is represented. Therefore, the mapping relationship includes the MSK, the group identifier, the service identifier itself, and the mapping relationship between the three. Of course, in other embodiments, the mapping relationship may also be represented by the identifier of the MSK, the group identifier, and other information of the service identifier. When the BM-SC sends various mapping relationships to the GCS AS, the mapping relationship should also be The MSK, group identification and service identifier involved are sent to the GCS AS.
另外,在上面对密钥下发方法进行描述的各个实施例中,GCS AS自身建立的各种映射关系,可以理解为GCS AS利用MSK、组标识、业务标识本身建立映射关系,也可以理解为GCS AS利用MSK标识、代表组标识、业务标识的信息建立映射关系,此处不做具体限定。In addition, in the various embodiments in which the method for issuing a key is described above, the various mapping relationships established by the GCS AS can be understood as that the GCS AS establishes a mapping relationship by using the MSK, the group identifier, and the service identifier itself, and can also understand The GCS AS establishes a mapping relationship by using the information of the MSK identifier, the group identifier, and the service identifier, and is not specifically limited herein.
下面对本发明提供的对UE进行授权检查的方法进行介绍。The method for performing authorization check on the UE provided by the present invention is introduced below.
方法实施例十:Method Embodiment 10:
请参阅图24,本实施例的方法包括:Referring to FIG. 24, the method of this embodiment includes:
S101、BM-SC根据GCS AS发送的授权UE列表建立请求建立业务标识对应的授权UE列表;S101. The BM-SC establishes a list of authorized UEs corresponding to the service identifier according to the authorized UE list establishment request sent by the GCS AS.
S102、BM-SC接收UE发送的业务激活请求,所述业务激活请求中包含所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识;S102. The BM-SC receives a service activation request sent by the UE, where the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate.
S103、BM-SC检查所述UE的标识是否在所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的授权UE列表中,如果在,则对所述UE的授权检查成功,如果不在,则对所述UE的授权检查失败。S103: The BM-SC checks whether the identifier of the UE is in the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, and if yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful, if not, the The authorization check of the UE failed.
本实施例中,BM-SC可以根据GCS AS发送的授权UE列表建立请求建立授权UE列表,这样在接收到UE发送的业务激活请求后,直接根据自身建立的授权UE列表即可实现对UE的授权检查,这样即实现了在BM-SC对GCSE群组不可见时,在完全重用MBMS安全机制场景下BM-SC对UE的业务授权 检查。In this embodiment, the BM-SC may establish an authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list establishment request sent by the GCS AS, so that after receiving the service activation request sent by the UE, the MME may directly implement the UE according to the authorized UE list established by the UE. Authorization check, which realizes the service authorization of the BM-SC to the UE in the scenario of completely reusing the MBMS security mechanism when the BM-SC is invisible to the GCSE group. an examination.
方法实施例十一:Method Embodiment 11:
本实施例是对本发明对UE进行授权检查方法的一个详细介绍,请参阅图25,本实施例的方法包括:This embodiment is a detailed description of the method for performing the authorization check on the UE in the present invention. Referring to FIG. 25, the method in this embodiment includes:
S111、BM-SC接收GCS AS发送的请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数;S111. The BM-SC receives a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes the number of requested group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services.
GCS AS根据自身管理的GCSE组的个数向BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数可以与GCS AS管理的GCSE组的个数相同。The GCS AS sends a request message to the BM-SC according to the number of GCSE groups managed by itself, and the number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services of the request may be related to the GCSE group managed by the GCS AS. The number is the same.
S112、BM-SC生成业务标识;S112. The BM-SC generates a service identifier.
本实施例中,可以理解的是,GCS AS本身知道哪个UE属于哪个GCSE组,但每个GCSE组没有组标识及业务标识,因此需要请求BM-SC生成。In this embodiment, it can be understood that the GCS AS itself knows which UE belongs to which GCSE group, but each GCSE group does not have a group identifier and a service identifier, and therefore needs to request BM-SC generation.
S113、BM-SC向GCS AS发送响应消息,所述响应消息中包含业务标识,以使得所述GCS AS将业务标识分配给各个GCSE组;S113. The BM-SC sends a response message to the GCS AS, where the response message includes a service identifier, so that the GCS AS allocates the service identifier to each GCSE group.
另外,BM-SC根据请求消息生成业务标识的同时还可以生成组标识,并将组标识一并发送给GCS AS,以使得GCS AS将组标识也分配给各个GCSE组。这里的组标识可以理解为移动临时组标识。In addition, the BM-SC may generate a group identifier according to the request message, and may also generate a group identifier, and send the group identifier to the GCS AS, so that the GCS AS also assigns the group identifier to each GCSE group. The group identification here can be understood as a mobile temporary group identification.
S114、BM-SC根据GCS AS发送的授权UE列表建立请求建立业务标识对应的授权UE列表;S114. The BM-SC establishes a list of authorized UEs corresponding to the service identifier according to the authorized UE list establishment request sent by the GCS AS.
GCS AS将业务标识分配给各个GCSE组之后,根据各个GCSE组内包含的UE发送所述授权UE列表建立请求,所述授权UE列表建立请求中包含GCSE组的业务标识以及对应的授权UE的标识。每个业务标识对应的授权UE列表中包含对应UE的标识。After the GCS AS allocates the service identifier to each GCSE group, the authorized UE list establishment request is sent according to the UE included in each GCSE group, where the authorized UE list establishment request includes the service identifier of the GCSE group and the identifier of the corresponding authorized UE. . The authorized UE list corresponding to each service identifier includes the identifier of the corresponding UE.
S115、BM-SC接收GCS AS发送的业务激活请求;S115. The BM-SC receives a service activation request sent by the GCS AS.
所述业务激活请求中包含所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识。The service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate.
S116、BM-SC检查UE的标识是否在UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的授权UE列表中,如果在,则对所述UE的授权检查成功,如果不在,则对所述UE的授权检查失败;S116. The BM-SC checks whether the identifier of the UE is in the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate. If yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful. If not, the authorization for the UE is performed. The check failed;
S117、BM-SC接收GCS AS发送的授权UE列表更新请求; S117. The BM-SC receives an authorized UE list update request sent by the GCS AS.
S118、BM-SC更新对应的授权UE列表。S118. The BM-SC updates the corresponding authorized UE list.
后续当GCS AS发现授权UE列表需要更新时,可以向BM-SC发送授权UE列表更新请求,BM-SC接收所述授权UE列表更新请求,所述授权UE列表更新请求中包含业务标识、UE的标识、删除和/或添加指示;BM-SC根据所述授权UE列表更新请求更新对应的授权UE列表。下面举例进行说明:The BM-SC may send the authorized UE list update request to the BM-SC, where the MME-SC receives the authorized UE list update request, and the authorized UE list update request includes the service identifier and the UE. Identifying, deleting, and/or adding an indication; the BM-SC updates the corresponding authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list update request. The following examples are given:
例如,GCS AS管理两个GCSE组,第一个GCSE组内包含UE1及UE2,第二GCSE组内包含UE3及UE4。在BM-SC将生成的组标识及业务标识发送给GCS AS之后,GCS AS将组标识(临时移动组标识)、业务标识分配给各个GCSE组(例如将组标识1及业务标识1作为一组并分给第一个GCSE组,将组标识2及业务标识2作为一组并分给第二个GCSE组),后续GCS AS向BM-SC发送授权UE列表建立请求,请求中包含GCSE组的业务标识以及对应的授权UE的标识(如业务标识1及UE1、UE2的标识,业务标识2及UE3、UE4的标识)。BM-SC建立与业务标识对应的授权UE列表(即业务标识1对应的授权UE列表中包含UE1及UE2,业务标识2对应的授权UE列表中包含UE3及UE4)。当BM-SC接收到某个UE发送的业务激活请求时,就可以查找并判断该UE的标识是否在该UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的授权UE列表中,如果在,则对该UE的授权检查成功,如果不在,则对该UE的授权检查失败。For example, the GCS AS manages two GCSE groups, the first GCSE group includes UE1 and UE2, and the second GCSE group includes UE3 and UE4. After the BM-SC sends the generated group identifier and the service identifier to the GCS AS, the GCS AS assigns the group identifier (temporary mobile group identifier) and the service identifier to each GCSE group (for example, group ID 1 and service identifier 1 are grouped together). And assigned to the first GCSE group, group ID 2 and service identifier 2 are grouped and assigned to the second GCSE group, and the subsequent GCS AS sends an authorized UE list establishment request to the BM-SC, where the request includes the GCSE group. The service identifier and the identifier of the corresponding authorized UE (such as the service identifier 1 and the identifiers of the UE1 and the UE2, the service identifier 2, and the identifiers of the UE3 and the UE4). The BM-SC establishes an authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier (that is, the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier 1 includes the UE1 and the UE2, and the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier 2 includes the UE3 and the UE4). When the BM-SC receives the service activation request sent by the UE, it can find and determine whether the identifier of the UE is in the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, and if so, The authorization check of the UE is successful. If not, the authorization check of the UE fails.
方法实施例十二:Method Embodiment 12:
方法实施例十一中可以认为GCSE组不需要组标识,或组标识为BM-SC生成的临时移动组标识,本实施例将介绍GCSE的组标识为固定组标识时BM-SC对UE进行授权检查的方法,请参阅图26,本实施例的方法包括:In the embodiment of the method, the GCSE group does not need the group identifier, or the group identifier is the temporary mobile group identifier generated by the BM-SC. In this embodiment, the BM-SC authorizes the UE when the group identifier of the GCSE is the fixed group identifier. For the method of checking, please refer to FIG. 26, the method of this embodiment includes:
S121、BM-SC接收GCS AS发送的请求消息,所述请求消息中包含GCSE组的组标识;S121. The BM-SC receives a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes a group identifier of the GCSE group.
GCS AS根据自身管理的GCSE组的个数向BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含GCSE组的组标识,组标识的个数与GCS AS管理的GCSE组的个数相同。The GCS AS sends a request message to the BM-SC according to the number of GCSE groups that it manages. The request message includes the group identifier of the GCSE group, and the number of group identifiers is the same as the number of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS.
S122、BM-SC生成业务标识并建立组标识与业务标识的映射关系;S122. The BM-SC generates a service identifier and establishes a mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier.
S123、BM-SC根据GCS AS发送的授权UE列表建立请求建立授权UE列表,所述授权UE列表建立请求中包含GCSE组的组标识以及对应的授权UE 的标识;S123. The BM-SC establishes an authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list establishment request sent by the GCS AS, where the authorized UE list establishment request includes the group identifier of the GCSE group and the corresponding authorized UE. Identification
GCS AS根据各个GCSE组内包含的UE发送授权UE列表建立请求,所述授权UE列表建立请求中包含GCSE组的组标识以及对应的授权UE的标识。BM-SC根据所建立的组标识与业务标识的映射关系查找与所述授权UE列表建立请求中包含的组标识对应的业务标识,建立查找到的业务标识对应的授权UE列表。授权UE列表中包含对应UE的标识。The GCS AS sends an authorized UE list establishment request according to the UE included in each GCSE group, where the authorized UE list establishment request includes the group identifier of the GCSE group and the identifier of the corresponding authorized UE. The BM-SC searches for the service identifier corresponding to the group identifier included in the authorized UE list establishment request according to the mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier, and establishes the list of authorized UEs corresponding to the found service identifier. The authorized UE list contains the identifier of the corresponding UE.
S124、BM-SC接收UE发送的业务激活请求;S124. The BM-SC receives a service activation request sent by the UE.
业务激活请求中包含UE的标识及UE想要激活的业务的业务标识。The service activation request includes the identifier of the UE and the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate.
S125、BM-SC检查所述UE的标识是否在所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的授权UE列表中,如果在,则对所述UE的授权检查成功,如果不在,则对所述UE的授权检查失败;S125. The BM-SC checks whether the identifier of the UE is in the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate. If yes, the authorization check for the UE succeeds. If not, the MME-SC The authorization check of the UE fails.
S126、BM-SC接收的授权UE列表更新请求;S126. An authorized UE list update request received by the BM-SC.
S127、BM-SC更新对应的授权UE列表。S127. The BM-SC updates the corresponding authorized UE list.
后续当GCS AS发现授权UE列表需要更新时,可以向BM-SC发送授权UE列表更新请求,BM-SC接收所述授权UE列表更新请求,所述授权UE列表更新请求中包含业务标识和/或组标识、UE的标识、删除和/或添加指示;BM-SC根据所述授权UE列表更新请求更新对应的授权UE列表。When the GCS AS finds that the authorized UE list needs to be updated, the BM-SC may send an authorized UE list update request, and the BM-SC receives the authorized UE list update request, where the authorized UE list update request includes the service identifier and/or The group identifier, the identifier of the UE, the deletion, and/or the addition indication; the BM-SC updates the corresponding authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list update request.
方法实施例十一及十二描述了BM-SC自身建立了授权UE列表,从而实现对UE进行授权检查的方法,下面的实施例将描述BM-SC自身没有建立授权UE列表,但是需要对UE进行授权检查的方法。Method Embodiments 11 and 12 describe a method in which the BM-SC itself establishes an authorized UE list, thereby implementing an authorization check on the UE. The following embodiment will describe that the BM-SC itself does not establish an authorized UE list, but needs to be a UE. The method of performing an authorization check.
方法实施例十三:Method Embodiment 13:
请参阅图27,本实施例的方法包括:Referring to FIG. 27, the method of this embodiment includes:
S131、BM-SC接收UE发送的业务激活请求,所述业务激活请求中包含所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识;S131. The BM-SC receives a service activation request sent by the UE, where the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate.
S132、向GCS AS发送授权检查请求,以请求所述GCS AS检查所述UE的标识是否在所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的组通信服务GCSE组中,若在,则对所述UE的授权检查成功,若不在,则对所述UE的授权检查失败。S132. Send an authorization check request to the GCS AS, to request the GCS AS to check whether the identifier of the UE is in a group communication service GCSE group corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, and if yes, The authorization check of the UE is successful. If not, the authorization check of the UE fails.
本实施例中,BM-SC在接收到UE发送的业务激活请求后,向GCS AS发送授权检查请求,以请求GCS AS对UE进行授权检查,这样即实现了在 BM-SC对GCSE群组不可见时,在完全重用MBMS安全机制场景下BM-SC对UE的业务授权检查。In this embodiment, after receiving the service activation request sent by the UE, the BM-SC sends an authorization check request to the GCS AS to request the GCS AS to perform an authorization check on the UE, so that the BM-SC implements the authorization check. When the BM-SC is invisible to the GCSE group, the BM-SC checks the service authorization of the UE in the scenario of completely reusing the MBMS security mechanism.
方法实施例十四:Method Embodiment 14:
本实施例为BM-SC自身没有建立授权UE列表,但是需要对UE进行授权检查的方法的一个详细描述,请参阅图28,本实施例的方法包括:This embodiment is a detailed description of a method in which the BM-SC does not establish an authorized UE list, but needs to perform an authorization check on the UE. Referring to FIG. 28, the method in this embodiment includes:
S141、BM-SC接收所述GCS AS发送的请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数;S141. The BM-SC receives the request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes the requested number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services.
GCS AS根据自身管理的GCSE组的个数向BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数,所述请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数可以与GCS AS管理的GCSE组的个数相同,BM-SC接收所述GCS AS发送的请求消息。The GCS AS sends a request message to the BM-SC according to the number of GCSE groups that it manages, where the request message includes the number of requested group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services, the requested The number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services may be the same as the number of GCSE groups managed by the GCS AS, and the BM-SC receives the request message sent by the GCS AS.
S142、BM-SC生成业务标识;S142. The BM-SC generates a service identifier.
S143、BM-SC向GCS AS发送响应消息,所述响应消息中包含业务标识,以使得GCS AS将业务标识和分配给各个GCSE组;S143. The BM-SC sends a response message to the GCS AS, where the response message includes a service identifier, so that the GCS AS assigns the service identifier to each GCSE group.
此时,GCS AS中相当于就有了业务标识对应的授权UE列表。At this time, the GCS AS is equivalent to having a list of authorized UEs corresponding to the service identifier.
另外,BM-SC根据请求消息生成业务标识的同时还可以生成组标识,并将组标识一并发送给GCS AS,以使得GCS AS将组标识也分配给各个GCSE组。这里的组标识可以理解为移动临时组标识。In addition, the BM-SC may generate a group identifier according to the request message, and may also generate a group identifier, and send the group identifier to the GCS AS, so that the GCS AS also assigns the group identifier to each GCSE group. The group identification here can be understood as a mobile temporary group identification.
S144、BM-SC接收UE发送的授权检查请求,所述授权检查请求中包含所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识;S144. The BM-SC receives an authorization check request sent by the UE, where the authorization check request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate.
S145、BM-SC向GCS AS发送授权检查请求,以请求所述GCS AS检查所述UE的标识是否在所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的组通信服务GCSE组中,若在,则对所述UE的授权检查成功,若不在,则对所述UE的授权检查失败。S145. The BM-SC sends an authorization check request to the GCS AS to request the GCS AS to check whether the identifier of the UE is in a group communication service GCSE group corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate. The authorization check for the UE is successful, and if not, the authorization check for the UE fails.
GCS AS对UE进行授权检查之后,可以将授权检查结果发送给BM-SC。After the GCS AS performs an authorization check on the UE, the authorization check result can be sent to the BM-SC.
下面举例进行说明:The following examples are given:
例如,GCS AS管理两个GCSE组,第一个GCSE组内包含UE1及UE2,第二个GCSE组内包含UE3及UE4。在BM-SC将生成的组标识及业务标识发送给GCS AS之后,GCS AS将组标识(临时移动组标识)、业务标识分配给各个GCSE组(例如将组标识1及业务标识1作为一组并分给第一个GCSE组, 将组标识2及业务标识2作为一组并分给第二个GCSE组),后续当BM-SC接收到某个UE发送的业务激活请求时,就可以向GCS AS发送授权检查请求,以请求GCS AS检查该UE的标识是否在该UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的GCSE组中,如果在,则对该UE的授权检查成功,如果不在,则对该UE的授权检查失败。For example, the GCS AS manages two GCSE groups, the first GCSE group includes UE1 and UE2, and the second GCSE group includes UE3 and UE4. After the BM-SC sends the generated group identifier and the service identifier to the GCS AS, the GCS AS assigns the group identifier (temporary mobile group identifier) and the service identifier to each GCSE group (for example, group ID 1 and service identifier 1 are grouped together). And assigned to the first GCSE group, The group identifier 2 and the service identifier 2 are grouped and assigned to the second GCSE group. When the BM-SC receives the service activation request sent by a certain UE, the BM-SC may send an authorization check request to the GCS AS to request The GCS AS checks whether the identity of the UE is in the GCSE group corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate. If yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful. If not, the authorization check for the UE fails.
方法实施例十五:Method Example 15:
方法实施例十四中可以认为GCSE组不需要组标识,或组标识为BM-SC生成的临时移动组标识,本实施例将介绍GCSE的组标识为固定组标识时对UE进行授权检查的方法,请参阅图29,本实施例的方法包括:In the fourteenth method, the GCSE group is not required to be the group identifier, or the group identifier is the temporary mobility group identifier generated by the BM-SC. In this embodiment, the method for performing the authorization check on the UE when the group identifier of the GCSE is the fixed group identifier is introduced. Referring to FIG. 29, the method of this embodiment includes:
S151、BM-SC接收GCS AS发送的请求消息,所述请求消息中包含GCSE组的组标识;S151. The BM-SC receives a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes a group identifier of the GCSE group.
具体实现中,GCS AS可以根据自身管理的GCSE组的个数向BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含GCSE组的组标识,这种情况下相当于GCS AS自身具有组标识对应的授权UE列表。In a specific implementation, the GCS AS may send a request message to the BM-SC according to the number of the GCSE groups that it manages, where the request message includes the group identifier of the GCSE group. In this case, the GCS AS itself has a group identifier corresponding to the group. Authorize the list of UEs.
S152、生成业务标识并建立组标识与业务标识的映射关系;S152. Generate a service identifier and establish a mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier.
S153、接收UE发送的业务激活请求,所述业务激活请求中包含UE的标识及UE想要激活的业务的业务标识;S153. Receive a service activation request sent by the UE, where the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate.
S154、查找与所述业务激活请求中包含的业务标识对应的组标识;S154. Search for a group identifier corresponding to the service identifier included in the service activation request.
S155、用于向GCS AS发送授权检查请求,所述授权检查请求中包括,所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的组标识,以请求GCS AS检查所述UE的标识是否在所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的组标识对应的GCSE组中。S155. The device sends an authorization check request to the GCS AS, where the authorization check request includes the identifier of the UE and a group identifier corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, to request the GCS AS to check the UE. Whether the identifier is in the GCSE group corresponding to the group identifier corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate.
GCS AS对UE进行授权检查之后,可以将授权检查结果发送给BM-SC。After the GCS AS performs an authorization check on the UE, the authorization check result can be sent to the BM-SC.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置,可通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性或其它的形式。 In the several embodiments provided herein, it should be understood that the disclosed apparatus may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or may be Integrate into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be electrical or otherwise.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
另外,在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可为个人计算机、服务器或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、只读存储器(ROM,Read-Only Memory)、随机存取存储器(RAM,Random Access Memory)、移动硬盘、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The integrated unit, if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present invention, which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium. A number of instructions are included to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention. The foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a Read-Only Memory (ROM), a Random Access Memory (RAM), a removable hard disk, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like. .
以上所述,以上实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照前述实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本发明各实施例技术方案的范围。 The above embodiments are only used to illustrate the technical solutions of the present invention, and are not intended to be limiting; although the present invention has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those skilled in the art will understand that The technical solutions described in the embodiments are modified, or some of the technical features are replaced by equivalents; and the modifications or substitutions do not deviate from the scope of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention.

Claims (50)

  1. 一种组通信服务应用服务器GCS AS,其特征在于,包括:A group communication service application server GCS AS, comprising:
    MSK生成单元,用于生成多媒体广播多播业务密钥MSK;An MSK generating unit, configured to generate a multimedia broadcast multicast service key MSK;
    处理单元,用于建立或从广播组播业务中心BM-SC获取MSK与各个组通信服务GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系;a processing unit, configured to establish or obtain, from the broadcast multicast service center BM-SC, a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each group communication service GCSE group;
    发送单元,用于根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将生成的MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的用户设备UE。And a sending unit, configured to send the generated MSK to the user equipment UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的GCS AS,其特征在于,The GCS AS of claim 1 wherein:
    所述发送单元还用于,在所述MSK生成单元生成MSK之前,向所述BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数,所述请求消息用于请求所述BM-SC分配业务标识和/或组标识;The sending unit is further configured to: before the MSK generating unit generates the MSK, send a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes the requested group identifier number and/or the number of groups and/or the request The number of services, the request message is used to request the BM-SC to allocate a service identifier and/or a group identifier;
    所述GCS AS还包括:The GCS AS also includes:
    第一接收单元,用于接收所述BM-SC发送的响应消息,所述响应消息中包含所述BM-SC分配的业务标识和/或组标识;a first receiving unit, configured to receive a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes a service identifier and/or a group identifier allocated by the BM-SC;
    所述发送单元还用于,在所述处理单元建立MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系之后,将MSK发送给所述BM-SC。The sending unit is further configured to: after the processing unit establishes a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group, send the MSK to the BM-SC.
  3. 如权利要求1所述的GCS AS,其特征在于,The GCS AS of claim 1 wherein:
    所述发送单元还用于,在所述MSK生成单元生成MSK之后,向所述BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和MSK,所述请求消息用于请求所述BM-SC分配组标识和/或业务标识并建立各个组标识和/或各个业务标识与各个MSK的映射关系;The sending unit is further configured to: after the MSK generating unit generates the MSK, send a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes the requested group identifier number and the MSK, where the request message is used for the request The BM-SC allocates a group identifier and/or a service identifier and establishes a mapping relationship between each group identifier and/or each service identifier and each MSK;
    所述处理单元具体用于,接收所述BM-SC发送的响应消息,所述响应消息中包含各个组标识和/或各个业务标识与各个MSK的映射关系。The processing unit is configured to receive a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes a mapping relationship between each group identifier and/or each service identifier and each MSK.
  4. 如权利要求1所述的GCS AS,其特征在于,所述GCS AS还包括:The GCS AS according to claim 1, wherein the GCS AS further comprises:
    映射建立单元,用于在所述MSK生成单元生成MSK之后,建立MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识的映射关系;a mapping establishing unit, configured to establish, after the MSK generating unit generates the MSK, a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier of each GCSE group;
    所述发送单元还用于,向所述BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含各个MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识的映射关系,所述请求消息用于请求所 述BM-SC分配业务标识并建立各个业务标识与各个组标识的映射关系;The sending unit is further configured to send a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes a mapping relationship between each MSK and a group identifier of each GCSE group, where the request message is used to request a location The BM-SC allocates a service identifier and establishes a mapping relationship between each service identifier and each group identifier.
    所述处理单元具体用于,接收所述BM-SC发送的响应消息,所述响应消息中包含各个组标识与各个业务标识的映射关系。The processing unit is configured to receive a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes a mapping relationship between each group identifier and each service identifier.
  5. 如权利要求1所述的GCS AS,其特征在于,所述GCS AS还包括:The GCS AS according to claim 1, wherein the GCS AS further comprises:
    第二接收单元,用于在所述MSK生成单元生成MSK前,接收所述BM-SC发送的密钥请求消息,所述密钥请求消息中包含业务标识和请求的MSK个数;a second receiving unit, configured to receive a key request message sent by the BM-SC before the MSK generating unit generates an MSK, where the key request message includes a service identifier and a requested number of MSKs;
    所述发送单元还用于,在所述处理单元建立MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系之后,将MSK发送给所述BM-SC。The sending unit is further configured to: after the processing unit establishes a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group, send the MSK to the BM-SC.
  6. 如权利要求2至5任意一项所述的GCS AS,其特征在于,所述MSK生成单元还用于,为每个MSK生成MSK标识及密钥有效期;The GCS AS according to any one of claims 2 to 5, wherein the MSK generating unit is further configured to generate an MSK identifier and a key validity period for each MSK;
    所述发送单元还用于,在将MSK发送给所述BM-SC的同时或之后以及将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE时,还将各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给所述BM-SC和对应GCSE组内的UE。The sending unit is further configured to: when the MSK is sent to the BM-SC, or after sending the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and each MSK. The group identifier and/or service identifier of the corresponding GCSE group is sent to the UE in the BM-SC and the corresponding GCSE group.
  7. 如权利要求2至5任意一项所述的GCS AS,其特征在于,所述GCS AS还包括:The GCS AS according to any one of claims 2 to 5, wherein the GCS AS further comprises:
    第三接收单元,用于在所述发送单元根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将生成的MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE之前,接收所述BM-SC发送的各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,所述各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由BM-SC生成;a third receiving unit, configured to: before the sending unit sends the generated MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group, receiving the BM-SC sending The MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the MSK identifier and key validity period of each MSK are generated by the BM-SC;
    所述发送单元还用于,在将MSK发送给所述BM-SC的同时或之后以及将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE时,还将各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给所述BM-SC;将各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。The sending unit is further configured to: when the MSK is sent to the BM-SC, or after sending the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, the group identifier and/or service of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK. The identifier is sent to the BM-SC; the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK are sent to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
  8. 如权利要求1至5任意一项所述的GCS AS,其特征在于,所述GCS AS还包括:The GCS AS according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the GCS AS further comprises:
    判断单元,用于根据预设规则判断MSK是否需要更新;a determining unit, configured to determine, according to a preset rule, whether the MSK needs to be updated;
    所述MSK生成单元还用于,在所述判断单元的判断结果为是时,生成新的MSK; The MSK generating unit is further configured to: when the determining result of the determining unit is yes, generate a new MSK;
    所述发送单元还用于,向所述BM-SC发送第一密钥更新消息,向对应GCSE组内的UE发送第二密钥更新消息,以使得所述BM-SC及对应GCSE组内的UE更新密钥,所述第一密钥更新消息及所述第二密钥更新消息中包含所述新的MSK。The sending unit is further configured to send a first key update message to the BM-SC, and send a second key update message to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, so that the BM-SC and the corresponding GCSE group The UE updates the key, and the new MSK is included in the first key update message and the second key update message.
  9. 如权利要求8所述的GCS AS,其特征在于,所述预设规则包括所述GCSE组内UE的加入和/或离开,或者MSK到有效期。The GCS AS of claim 8, wherein the predetermined rule comprises joining and/or leaving of the UE within the GCSE group, or MSK to an expiration date.
  10. 如权利要求8所述的GCS AS,其特征在于,The GCS AS of claim 8 wherein:
    所述MSK生成单元还用于,在所述发送单元向所述BM-SC发送第一密钥更新消息之前,生成所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期;The MSK generating unit is further configured to: before the sending unit sends the first key update message to the BM-SC, generate an MSK identifier and a key validity period of the new MSK;
    所述第一密钥更新消息及所述第二密钥更新消息还包含:所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,所述新的MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识。The first key update message and the second key update message further include: an MSK identifier of the new MSK and a key validity period, and a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK. .
  11. 如权利要求8所述的GCS AS,其特征在于,所述GCS AS还包括:The GCS AS of claim 8, wherein the GCS AS further comprises:
    第四接收单元,用于在所述发送单元向所述BM-SC发送第一密钥更新消息之前,接收所述BM-SC发送的所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期;a fourth receiving unit, configured to receive an MSK identifier and a key validity period of the new MSK sent by the BM-SC before the sending unit sends the first key update message to the BM-SC;
    所述第一密钥更新消息中还包含:所述新的MSK对应的GCSE的组标识和/或业务标识;所述第二密钥更新消息中包含:所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,所述新的MSK对应的GCSE的组标识和/或业务标识。The first key update message further includes: a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK; and the second key update message includes: the MSK identifier and the secret of the new MSK Key validity period, the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK.
  12. 如权利要求1至5任意一项所述的GCS AS,其特征在于,所述GCS AS还包括:The GCS AS according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the GCS AS further comprises:
    第五接收单元,用于接收所述BM-SC下发的密钥更新触发消息,所述密钥更新触发消息中包含GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识和/或需要更新的MSK的MSK标识;a fifth receiving unit, configured to receive a key update trigger message sent by the BM-SC, where the key update trigger message includes a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group and/or an MSK of the MSK that needs to be updated. Identification
    所述MSK生成单元还用于,生成新的MSK;The MSK generating unit is further configured to generate a new MSK;
    所述发送单元还用于,向所述BM-SC发送第三密钥更新消息,向对应GCSE组内的UE发送第四密钥更新消息,以使得所述BM-SC及对应GCSE组内的UE更新密钥,所述第三密钥更新消息及所述第四密钥更新消息中包含所述新的MSK。The sending unit is further configured to send a third key update message to the BM-SC, and send a fourth key update message to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, so that the BM-SC and the corresponding GCSE group The UE updates the key, and the third key update message and the fourth key update message include the new MSK.
  13. 如权利要求12所述的GCS AS,其特征在于,The GCS AS of claim 12, wherein
    所述MSK生成单元还用于,在所述发送单元向所述BM-SC发送第三密 钥更新消息之前,生成所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期;The MSK generating unit is further configured to send a third secret to the BM-SC at the sending unit. Generating the MSK identifier and the key validity period of the new MSK before the key update message;
    所述第三密钥更新消息及所述第四密钥更新消息还包含:所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,所述新的MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识。The third key update message and the fourth key update message further include: an MSK identifier of the new MSK and a key validity period, a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK .
  14. 如权利要求12所述的GCS AS,其特征在于,所述GCS AS还包括:The GCS AS of claim 12, wherein the GCS AS further comprises:
    第六接收单元,用于在所述发送单元向所述BM-SC发送第三密钥更新消息之前,接收所述BM-SC发送的所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期;a sixth receiving unit, configured to receive, after the sending unit sends a third key update message to the BM-SC, an MSK identifier and a key validity period of the new MSK sent by the BM-SC;
    所述第三密钥更新消息中还包含:所述新的MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识;所述第四密钥更新消息中还包含:所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,所述新的MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识。The third key update message further includes: a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK; and the fourth key update message further includes: the MSK identifier of the new MSK And a key validity period, a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK.
  15. 一种组通信服务应用服务器GCS AS,其特征在于,包括:A group communication service application server GCS AS, comprising:
    获取单元,用于从广播组播业务中心BM-SC获取多媒体广播多播业务密钥MSK;An obtaining unit, configured to acquire a multimedia broadcast multicast service key MSK from a broadcast multicast service center BM-SC;
    映射建立单元,用于建立MSK与各个组通信服务GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系;a mapping establishing unit, configured to establish a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each group communication service GCSE group;
    发送单元,用于根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将生成的MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的用户设备UE。And a sending unit, configured to send the generated MSK to the user equipment UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
  16. 如权利要求15所述的GCS AS,其特征在于,The GCS AS of claim 15 wherein:
    所述发送单元还用于,在所述获取单元从所述BM-SC获取MSK之前,向所述BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数,所述请求消息用于请求所述BM-SC分配MSK及业务标识和/或组标识;The sending unit is further configured to: before the acquiring unit acquires the MSK from the BM-SC, send a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes the requested group identifier number and/or group Number and/or number of requested services, the request message is used to request the BM-SC to allocate an MSK and a service identifier and/or a group identifier;
    所述获取单元具体用于,接收所述BM-SC发送的响应消息,所述响应消息中包含所述BM-SC分配的MSK及业务标识和/或组标识。The acquiring unit is configured to receive a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes an MSK and a service identifier and/or a group identifier that are allocated by the BM-SC.
  17. 如权利要求16所述的GCS AS,其特征在于,所述请求消息还用于请求所述BM-SC为每个MSK生成MSK标识及密钥有效期;The GCS AS according to claim 16, wherein the request message is further used to request the BM-SC to generate an MSK identifier and a key validity period for each MSK;
    所述响应消息中还包含每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期;The response message further includes an MSK identifier and a key validity period of each MSK;
    所述发送单元还用于,在将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE时,还将各个MSK的标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。 The sending unit is further configured to: when sending the MSK to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, send the identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK to the corresponding UEs within the GCSE group.
  18. 一种广播组播业务中心BM-SC,其特征在于,包括:A broadcast multicast service center BM-SC, which is characterized by comprising:
    列表建立单元,用于根据组通信服务应用服务器GCS AS发送的授权UE列表建立请求建立业务标识对应的授权UE列表;a list establishing unit, configured to establish, according to the authorized UE list establishment request sent by the group communication service application server GCS AS, an authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier;
    接收单元,用于接收UE发送的业务激活请求,所述业务激活请求中包含所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识;a receiving unit, configured to receive a service activation request sent by the UE, where the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate;
    授权检查单元,用于检查所述UE的标识是否在所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的授权UE列表中,如果在,则对所述UE的授权检查成功,如果不在,则对所述UE的授权检查失败。An authorization checking unit, configured to check whether the identifier of the UE is in an authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, if yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful, if not, then The authorization check of the UE fails.
  19. 如权利要求18所述的BM-SC,其特征在于,The BM-SC according to claim 18, characterized in that
    所述接收单元还用于,在所述列表建立单元建立业务标识对应的授权UE列表之前,接收所述GCS AS发送的请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数;The receiving unit is further configured to: before the list establishing unit establishes the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier, receive a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes the requested group identifier number and/or group Number and/or number of services requested;
    所述BM-SC还包括:The BM-SC also includes:
    第一生成单元,用于生成业务标识;a first generating unit, configured to generate a service identifier;
    发送单元,用于向所述GCS AS发送响应消息,所述响应消息中包含业务标识,以使得所述GCS AS将业务标识分配给各个组通信服务GCSE组;a sending unit, configured to send a response message to the GCS AS, where the response message includes a service identifier, so that the GCS AS allocates a service identifier to each group communication service GCSE group;
    所述GCS AS根据各个GCSE组内包含的UE发送所述授权UE列表建立请求,所述授权UE列表建立请求中包含GCSE组的业务标识以及对应的授权UE的标识。The GCS AS sends the authorized UE list establishment request according to the UE included in each GCSE group, where the authorized UE list establishment request includes the service identifier of the GCSE group and the identifier of the corresponding authorized UE.
  20. 如权利要求18所述的BM-SC,其特征在于,The BM-SC according to claim 18, characterized in that
    所述接收单元还用于,在所述列表建立单元建立业务标识对应的授权UE列表之前,接收所述GCS AS发送的请求消息,所述请求消息中包含GCSE组的组标识;The receiving unit is further configured to: before the list establishing unit establishes the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier, receive the request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes a group identifier of the GCSE group;
    所述BM-SC还包括:The BM-SC also includes:
    第二生成单元,用于生成业务标识并建立组标识与业务标识的映射关系;a second generating unit, configured to generate a service identifier and establish a mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier;
    所述GCS AS根据各个GCSE组内包含的UE发送所述授权UE列表建立请求,所述授权UE列表建立请求中包含GCSE组的组标识以及对应的授权UE的标识;The GCS AS sends the authorized UE list establishment request according to the UE included in each GCSE group, where the authorized UE list establishment request includes the group identifier of the GCSE group and the identifier of the corresponding authorized UE.
    所述列表建立单元具体用于:The list establishing unit is specifically configured to:
    根据所述映射关系查找与所述授权UE列表建立请求中包含的组标识对应 的业务标识,建立业务标识对应的授权UE列表。Finding, according to the mapping relationship, a group identifier corresponding to the group identifier included in the authorized UE list establishment request The service identifier is a list of authorized UEs corresponding to the service identifier.
  21. 如权利要求19所述的BM-SC,其特征在于,The BM-SC according to claim 19, characterized in that
    所述接收单元还用于,接收所述GCS AS发送的授权UE列表更新请求,所述授权UE列表更新请求中包含业务标识、UE的标识、删除和/或添加指示;The receiving unit is further configured to: receive an authorized UE list update request sent by the GCS AS, where the authorized UE list update request includes a service identifier, an identifier of the UE, and a deletion and/or an addition indication;
    所述BM-SC还包括:The BM-SC also includes:
    第一更新单元,用于根据所述授权UE列表更新请求更新对应的授权UE列表。And a first update unit, configured to update the corresponding authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list update request.
  22. 如权利要求20所述的BM-SC,其特征在于,The BM-SC according to claim 20, characterized in that
    所述接收单元还用于,接收所述GCS AS发送的授权UE列表更新请求,所述授权UE列表更新请求中包含组标识和/或业务标识、UE的标识、删除和/或添加指示;The receiving unit is further configured to: receive an authorized UE list update request sent by the GCS AS, where the authorized UE list update request includes a group identifier and/or a service identifier, an identifier, a deletion, and/or an addition indication of the UE;
    所述BM-SC还包括:The BM-SC also includes:
    第二更新单元,用于根据所述授权UE列表更新请求更新对应的授权UE列表。And a second updating unit, configured to update the corresponding authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list update request.
  23. 一种广播组播业务中心BM-SC,其特征在于,包括:A broadcast multicast service center BM-SC, which is characterized by comprising:
    接收单元,用于接收UE发送的业务激活请求,所述业务激活请求中包含所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识;a receiving unit, configured to receive a service activation request sent by the UE, where the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate;
    发送单元,用于向组通信服务应用服务器GCS AS发送授权检查请求,以请求所述GCS AS检查所述UE的标识是否在所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的组通信服务GCSE组中,若在,则对所述UE的授权检查成功,若不在,则对所述UE的授权检查失败。a sending unit, configured to send an authorization check request to the group communication service application server GCS AS, to request the GCS AS to check whether the identifier of the UE is a group communication service GCSE group corresponding to a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate If yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful, and if not, the authorization check for the UE fails.
  24. 如权利要求23所述的BM-SC,其特征在于,The BM-SC according to claim 23, characterized in that
    所述接收单元还用于,在接收UE发送的业务激活请求之前,接收所述GCS AS发送的请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数;The receiving unit is further configured to: before receiving the service activation request sent by the UE, receive a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes the requested group identifier number and/or the number of groups and/or the request Number of businesses;
    所述BM-SC还包括:The BM-SC also includes:
    第一生成单元,用于生成业务标识;a first generating unit, configured to generate a service identifier;
    所述发送单元还用于,向所述GCS AS发送响应消息,所述响应消息中包含业务标识,以使得所述GCS AS将业务标识和分配给各个GCSE组;The sending unit is further configured to send a response message to the GCS AS, where the response message includes a service identifier, so that the GCS AS assigns a service identifier to each GCSE group;
    所述授权检查请求中包含所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业 务标识。The authorization check request includes an identifier of the UE and a service of the service that the UE wants to activate. Service identification.
  25. 如权利要求23所述的BM-SC,其特征在于,The BM-SC according to claim 23, characterized in that
    所述接收单元还用于,在接收UE发送的业务激活请求之前,接收所述GCS AS发送的请求消息,所述请求消息中包含GCSE组的组标识;The receiving unit is further configured to: before receiving the service activation request sent by the UE, receive a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes a group identifier of a GCSE group;
    所述BM-SC还包括:The BM-SC also includes:
    第二生成单元,用于生成业务标识并建立组标识与业务标识的映射关系;a second generating unit, configured to generate a service identifier and establish a mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier;
    查找单元,用于在所述发送单元向GCS AS发送授权检查请求之前,查找与所述业务激活请求中包含的业务标识对应的组标识;a searching unit, configured to search for a group identifier corresponding to the service identifier included in the service activation request, before the sending unit sends an authorization check request to the GCS AS;
    所述授权检查请求中包括,所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的组标识。The authorization check request includes the identifier of the UE and a group identifier corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate.
  26. 一种密钥下发方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for issuing a key, comprising:
    生成多媒体广播多播业务密钥MSK;Generating a multimedia broadcast multicast service key MSK;
    建立或从广播组播业务中心BM-SC获取MSK与各个组通信服务GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系;Establishing or obtaining a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or service identifier of each group communication service GCSE group from the broadcast multicast service center BM-SC;
    根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将生成的MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的用户设备UE。The generated MSK is sent to the user equipment UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identity and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
  27. 如权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,在生成MSK之前,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 26, wherein before the generating the MSK, the method further comprises:
    向所述BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数,所述请求消息用于请求所述BM-SC分配业务标识和/或组标识;Sending a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes the requested number of group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services, and the request message is used to request the BM-SC allocation Business identification and/or group identification;
    接收所述BM-SC发送的响应消息,所述响应消息中包含所述BM-SC分配的业务标识和/或组标识;Receiving a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes a service identifier and/or a group identifier allocated by the BM-SC;
    在建立MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系之后,所述方法还包括:After the mapping between the MSK and the group identity and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group is established, the method further includes:
    将MSK发送给所述BM-SC。The MSK is sent to the BM-SC.
  28. 如权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,在生成MSK之后,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 26, wherein after the generating the MSK, the method further comprises:
    向所述BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和MSK,所述请求消息用于请求所述BM-SC分配组标识和/或业务标识并建立各 个组标识和/或各个业务标识与各个MSK的映射关系;Sending a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes the requested group identifier number and the MSK, where the request message is used to request the BM-SC to allocate a group identifier and/or a service identifier and establish each Group identification and/or mapping relationship between each service identifier and each MSK;
    所述从所述BM-SC获取MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系包括:The mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or service identifier of each GCSE group obtained from the BM-SC includes:
    接收所述BM-SC发送的响应消息,所述响应消息中包含各个组标识和/或各个业务标识与各个MSK的映射关系。And receiving, by the BM-SC, a response message, where the response message includes a mapping relationship between each group identifier and/or each service identifier and each MSK.
  29. 如权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,在生成MSK之后,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 26, wherein after the generating the MSK, the method further comprises:
    建立MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识的映射关系;Establish a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier of each GCSE group;
    向所述BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识的映射关系,所述请求消息用于请求所述BM-SC分配业务标识并建立各个业务标识与各个组标识的映射关系;Sending a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes a mapping relationship between the MSK and a group identifier of each GCSE group, where the request message is used to request the BM-SC to allocate a service identifier and establish each service identifier and each Mapping relationship of group identifiers;
    所述从所述BM-SC获取MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系包括:The mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or service identifier of each GCSE group obtained from the BM-SC includes:
    接收所述BM-SC发送的响应消息,所述响应消息中包含各个组标识与各个业务标识的映射关系。Receiving a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes a mapping relationship between each group identifier and each service identifier.
  30. 如权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,在生成MSK之前,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 26, wherein before the generating the MSK, the method further comprises:
    接收所述BM-SC发送的密钥请求消息,所述密钥请求消息中包含业务标识和请求的MSK个数;Receiving a key request message sent by the BM-SC, where the key request message includes a service identifier and a requested number of MSKs;
    在建立MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系之后,所述方法还包括:After the mapping between the MSK and the group identity and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group is established, the method further includes:
    将MSK发送给所述BM-SC。The MSK is sent to the BM-SC.
  31. 如权利要求27至30任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将生成的MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 27 to 30, wherein before the generated MSK is transmitted to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group, Also includes:
    为每个MSK生成MSK标识及密钥有效期;Generate an MSK identifier and a key validity period for each MSK;
    在将MSK发送给所述BM-SC的同时或之后以及将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE时还包括:When the MSK is sent to the BM-SC, or after the MSK is sent to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, the method further includes:
    将各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给所述BM-SC和对应GCSE组内的UE。 The MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK are sent to the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group.
  32. 如权利要求27至30任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将生成的MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 27 to 30, wherein the MSK is sent to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group. ,Also includes:
    接收所述BM-SC发送的各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,所述各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期由BM-SC生成;Receiving an MSK identifier and a key validity period of each MSK sent by the BM-SC, and an MSK identifier and a key validity period of each MSK are generated by the BM-SC;
    在将MSK发送给所述BM-SC的同时或之后以及将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE时还包括:When the MSK is sent to the BM-SC, or after the MSK is sent to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, the method further includes:
    将各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给所述BM-SC;将各个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。Sending the group identifier and/or the service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK to the BM-SC; sending the MSK identifier and the key validity period of each MSK, and the group identifier and/or service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to each MSK. Give the UEs in the corresponding GCSE group.
  33. 如权利要求26至30任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of any of claims 26 to 30, wherein the method further comprises:
    根据预设规则判断MSK是否需要更新;Determine whether the MSK needs to be updated according to a preset rule;
    如果是,则生成新的MSK;If yes, generate a new MSK;
    向所述BM-SC发送第一密钥更新消息,向对应GCSE组内的UE发送第二密钥更新消息,以使得所述BM-SC及对应GCSE组内的UE更新密钥,所述第一密钥更新消息及所述第二密钥更新消息中包含所述新的MSK。Sending a first key update message to the BM-SC, and sending a second key update message to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, so that the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group update the key, where the The new MSK is included in a key update message and the second key update message.
  34. 如权利要求33所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设规则包括所述GCSE组内UE的加入和/或离开,或者MSK到有效期。The method of claim 33, wherein the preset rule comprises joining and/or leaving of the UE within the GCSE group, or MSK to an expiration date.
  35. 如权利要求33所述的方法,其特征在于,在向所述BM-SC发送第一密钥更新消息之前,还包括:The method of claim 33, further comprising: before sending the first key update message to the BM-SC,
    生成所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期;Generating an MSK identifier and a key validity period of the new MSK;
    所述第一密钥更新消息及所述第二密钥更新消息还包含:所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,所述新的MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识。The first key update message and the second key update message further include: an MSK identifier of the new MSK and a key validity period, and a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK. .
  36. 如权利要求33所述的方法,其特征在于,在向所述BM-SC发送第一密钥更新消息之前,还包括:The method of claim 33, further comprising: before sending the first key update message to the BM-SC,
    接收所述BM-SC发送的所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期;Receiving an MSK identifier and a key validity period of the new MSK sent by the BM-SC;
    所述第一密钥更新消息中还包含:所述新的MSK对应的GCSE的组标识和/或业务标识;所述第二密钥更新消息中包含:所述新的MSK的MSK标识 及密钥有效期,所述新的MSK对应的GCSE的组标识和/或业务标识。The first key update message further includes: a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK; and the second key update message includes: the MSK identifier of the new MSK And a key validity period, a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE corresponding to the new MSK.
  37. 如权利要求26至30任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of any of claims 26 to 30, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收所述BM-SC下发的密钥更新触发消息,所述密钥更新触发消息中包含GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识和/或需要更新的MSK的MSK标识;Receiving a key update trigger message sent by the BM-SC, where the key update trigger message includes a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group and/or an MSK identifier of the MSK that needs to be updated;
    生成新的MSK;Generate a new MSK;
    向所述BM-SC发送第三密钥更新消息,向对应GCSE组内的UE发送第四密钥更新消息,以使得所述BM-SC及对应GCSE组内的UE更新密钥,所述第三密钥更新消息及所述第四密钥更新消息中包含所述新的MSK。Sending a third key update message to the BM-SC, and sending a fourth key update message to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, so that the BM-SC and the UE in the corresponding GCSE group update the key, where the The new MSK is included in the three key update message and the fourth key update message.
  38. 如权利要求37所述的方法,其特征在于,在向所述BM-SC发送第三密钥更新消息之前,还包括;The method according to claim 37, further comprising: before transmitting the third key update message to the BM-SC;
    生成所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期;Generating an MSK identifier and a key validity period of the new MSK;
    所述第三密钥更新消息及所述第四密钥更新消息还包含:所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,所述新的MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识。The third key update message and the fourth key update message further include: an MSK identifier of the new MSK and a key validity period, a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK .
  39. 如权利要求37所述的方法,其特征在于,在向所述BM-SC发送第三密钥更新消息之前,还包括:The method of claim 37, further comprising: before transmitting the third key update message to the BM-SC,
    接收所述BM-SC发送的所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期;Receiving an MSK identifier and a key validity period of the new MSK sent by the BM-SC;
    所述第三密钥更新消息中还包含:所述新的MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识;所述第四密钥更新消息中还包含:所述新的MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期,所述新的MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识。The third key update message further includes: a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK; and the fourth key update message further includes: the MSK identifier of the new MSK And a key validity period, a group identifier and/or a service identifier of the GCSE group corresponding to the new MSK.
  40. 一种密钥下发方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for issuing a key, comprising:
    从广播组播业务中心BM-SC获取多媒体广播多播业务密钥MSK;Obtaining a multimedia broadcast multicast service key MSK from the broadcast multicast service center BM-SC;
    建立MSK与各个组通信服务GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系;Establish a mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identifier and/or service identifier of each group communication service GCSE group;
    根据MSK与各个GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识的映射关系将生成的MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的用户设备UE。The generated MSK is sent to the user equipment UE in the corresponding GCSE group according to the mapping relationship between the MSK and the group identity and/or the service identifier of each GCSE group.
  41. 如权利要求40所述的方法,其特征在于,在从所述BM-SC获取MSK之前,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 40, wherein before the obtaining the MSK from the BM-SC, the method further comprises:
    向所述BM-SC发送请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/ 或组个数和/或请求的业务个数,所述请求消息用于请求所述BM-SC分配MSK及业务标识和/或组标识;Sending a request message to the BM-SC, where the request message includes the number of requested group identifiers and/or Or the number of groups and/or the number of services requested, the request message is used to request the BM-SC to allocate an MSK and a service identifier and/or a group identifier;
    所述从所述BM-SC获取MSK包括:The obtaining the MSK from the BM-SC includes:
    接收所述BM-SC发送的响应消息,所述响应消息中包含所述BM-SC分配的MSK及业务标识和/或组标识。Receiving a response message sent by the BM-SC, where the response message includes an MSK and a service identifier and/or a group identifier allocated by the BM-SC.
  42. 如权利要求41所述的方法,其特征在于,所述请求消息还用于请求所述BM-SC为每个MSK生成MSK标识及密钥有效期;The method according to claim 41, wherein the request message is further configured to request the BM-SC to generate an MSK identifier and a key validity period for each MSK;
    所述响应消息中还包含每个MSK的MSK标识及密钥有效期;The response message further includes an MSK identifier and a key validity period of each MSK;
    在将MSK发送给对应GCSE组内的UE时还包括:When the MSK is sent to the UE in the corresponding GCSE group, the method further includes:
    将各个MSK的标识及密钥有效期,以及各个MSK对应的GCSE组的组标识和/或业务标识发送给对应GCSE组内的UE。The identifiers of the respective MSKs and the key validity period, and the group identifiers and/or service identifiers of the GCSE groups corresponding to the respective MSKs are sent to the UEs in the corresponding GCSE group.
  43. 一种对用户设备UE进行授权检查的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for performing authorization check on a user equipment UE, which is characterized by:
    根据组通信服务应用服务器GCS AS发送的授权UE列表建立请求建立业务标识对应的授权UE列表;And establishing, according to the authorized UE list establishment request sent by the group communication service application server GCS AS, the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier;
    接收UE发送的业务激活请求,所述业务激活请求中包含所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识;Receiving a service activation request sent by the UE, where the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate;
    检查所述UE的标识是否在所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的授权UE列表中,如果在,则对所述UE的授权检查成功,如果不在,则对所述UE的授权检查失败。Checking whether the identifier of the UE is in the authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, if yes, the authorization check for the UE is successful, and if not, the authorization check for the UE failure.
  44. 如权利要求43所述的方法,其特征在于,在建立业务标识对应的授权UE列表之前,还包括:The method according to claim 43, wherein before the establishing the list of authorized UEs corresponding to the service identifier, the method further comprises:
    接收所述GCS AS发送的请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数;Receiving a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes the number of requested group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services;
    生成业务标识;Generate a business identifier;
    向所述GCS AS发送响应消息,所述响应消息中包含业务标识,以使得所述GCS AS将业务标识分配给各个组通信服务GCSE组;Sending a response message to the GCS AS, where the response message includes a service identifier, so that the GCS AS allocates a service identifier to each group communication service GCSE group;
    所述GCS AS根据各个GCSE组内包含的UE发送所述授权UE列表建立请求,所述授权UE列表建立请求中包含GCSE组的业务标识以及对应的授权UE的标识。The GCS AS sends the authorized UE list establishment request according to the UE included in each GCSE group, where the authorized UE list establishment request includes the service identifier of the GCSE group and the identifier of the corresponding authorized UE.
  45. 如权利要求43所述的方法,其特征在于,在建立业务标识对应的授 权UE列表之前,还包括:The method of claim 43 wherein the establishing of the service identifier corresponds to the grant Before the right UE list, it also includes:
    接收所述GCS AS发送的请求消息,所述请求消息中包含GCSE组的组标识;Receiving a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes a group identifier of a GCSE group;
    生成业务标识并建立组标识与业务标识的映射关系;Generate a service identifier and establish a mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier.
    所述GCS AS根据各个GCSE组内包含的UE发送所述授权UE列表建立请求,所述授权UE列表建立请求中包含GCSE组的组标识以及对应的授权UE的标识,所述根据所述GCS AS发送的授权UE列表建立请求建立业务标识对应的授权UE列表包括:The GCS AS sends the authorized UE list establishment request according to the UEs included in the respective GCSE groups, where the authorized UE list establishment request includes the group identifier of the GCSE group and the identifier of the corresponding authorized UE, according to the GCS AS The authorized UE list establishment request to send the authorized UE corresponding to the service identifier includes:
    根据所述映射关系查找与所述授权UE列表建立请求中包含的组标识对应的业务标识,建立业务标识对应的授权UE列表。And determining, according to the mapping relationship, a service identifier corresponding to the group identifier included in the authorized UE list establishment request, and establishing an authorized UE list corresponding to the service identifier.
  46. 如权利要求44所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 44, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收所述GCS AS发送的授权UE列表更新请求,所述授权UE列表更新请求中包含业务标识、UE的标识、删除和/或添加指示;Receiving an authorized UE list update request sent by the GCS AS, where the authorized UE list update request includes a service identifier, an identifier of the UE, and a deletion and/or an addition indication;
    根据所述授权UE列表更新请求更新对应的授权UE列表。Updating the corresponding authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list update request.
  47. 如权利要求45所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 45, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收所述GCS AS发送的授权UE列表更新请求,所述授权UE列表更新请求中包含组标识和/或业务标识、UE的标识、删除和/或添加指示;Receiving an authorized UE list update request sent by the GCS AS, where the authorized UE list update request includes a group identifier and/or a service identifier, an identifier, a deletion, and/or an addition indication of the UE;
    根据所述授权UE列表更新请求更新对应的授权UE列表。Updating the corresponding authorized UE list according to the authorized UE list update request.
  48. 一种对用户设备UE进行授权检查的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for performing authorization check on a user equipment UE, which is characterized by:
    接收UE发送的业务激活请求,所述业务激活请求中包含所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识;Receiving a service activation request sent by the UE, where the service activation request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate;
    向组通信服务应用服务器GCS AS发送授权检查请求,以请求所述GCSAS检查所述UE的标识是否在所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的组通信服务GCSE组中,若在,则对所述UE的授权检查成功,若不在,则对所述UE的授权检查失败。Sending an authorization check request to the group communication service application server GCS AS to request the GCSAS to check whether the identifier of the UE is in a group communication service GCSE group corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate, if yes, The authorization check for the UE is successful, and if not, the authorization check for the UE fails.
  49. 如权利要求48所述的方法,其特征在于,在接收UE发送的业务激活请求之前,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 48, wherein the method further comprises: before receiving the service activation request sent by the UE, the method further comprising:
    接收所述GCS AS发送的请求消息,所述请求消息中包含请求的组标识个数和/或组个数和/或请求的业务个数;Receiving a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes the number of requested group identifiers and/or the number of groups and/or the number of requested services;
    生成业务标识; Generate a business identifier;
    向所述GCS AS发送响应消息,所述响应消息中包含业务标识,以使得所述GCS AS将业务标识和分配给各个GCSE组;Sending a response message to the GCS AS, where the response message includes a service identifier, so that the GCS AS assigns a service identifier to each GCSE group;
    所述授权检查请求中包含所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识。The authorization check request includes an identifier of the UE and a service identifier of a service that the UE wants to activate.
  50. 如权利要求48所述的方法,其特征在于,在接收UE发送的业务激活请求之前,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 48, wherein the method further comprises: before receiving the service activation request sent by the UE, the method further comprising:
    接收所述GCS AS发送的请求消息,所述请求消息中包含GCSE组的组标识;Receiving a request message sent by the GCS AS, where the request message includes a group identifier of a GCSE group;
    生成业务标识并建立组标识与业务标识的映射关系;Generate a service identifier and establish a mapping relationship between the group identifier and the service identifier.
    在向GCS AS发送授权检查请求之前,还包括:Before sending an authorization check request to the GCS AS, it also includes:
    查找与所述业务激活请求中包含的业务标识对应的组标识;Finding a group identifier corresponding to the service identifier included in the service activation request;
    所述授权检查请求中包括,所述UE的标识及所述UE想要激活的业务的业务标识对应的组标识。 The authorization check request includes the identifier of the UE and a group identifier corresponding to the service identifier of the service that the UE wants to activate.
PCT/CN2015/088741 2014-10-31 2015-09-01 Key issuing method, method for implementing authorization checking on ue, and related devices WO2016065985A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201410608570.9 2014-10-31
CN201410608570.9A CN104348627B (en) 2014-10-31 2014-10-31 Secret key sending method, the method and relevant device that authorization check is carried out to UE

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016065985A1 true WO2016065985A1 (en) 2016-05-06

Family

ID=52503507

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2015/088741 WO2016065985A1 (en) 2014-10-31 2015-09-01 Key issuing method, method for implementing authorization checking on ue, and related devices

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN104348627B (en)
WO (1) WO2016065985A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104348627B (en) * 2014-10-31 2019-02-01 上海华为技术有限公司 Secret key sending method, the method and relevant device that authorization check is carried out to UE
CN106550334B (en) * 2015-09-21 2019-11-12 华为技术有限公司 The system and method that a kind of pair of multicast services are controlled
CN105516083A (en) * 2015-11-25 2016-04-20 上海华为技术有限公司 Data security management method, apparatus, and system
CN111586593B (en) * 2019-02-18 2021-12-07 成都鼎桥通信技术有限公司 Method, device and storage medium for initiating temporary group call
CA3190801A1 (en) * 2020-08-06 2022-02-10 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Key management method and communication apparatus
CN114423003B (en) * 2021-12-29 2024-01-30 中国航空工业集团公司西安飞机设计研究所 Airplane key comprehensive management method and system

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1960301A (en) * 2005-10-31 2007-05-09 华为技术有限公司 Method for activating multicast service
CN1968451A (en) * 2006-11-20 2007-05-23 华为技术有限公司 Method and system for determining to use multicast/broadcast service time
WO2014051383A1 (en) * 2012-09-27 2014-04-03 삼성전자 주식회사 Security management method and apparatus for group communication in mobile communication system
CN104348627A (en) * 2014-10-31 2015-02-11 上海华为技术有限公司 Secret key issuing method as well as method for carrying out authorization checking on UE (User Equipment) and related equipment

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101009908A (en) * 2006-01-24 2007-08-01 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 The method for supporting the MBMS service transmission in the LTE system

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1960301A (en) * 2005-10-31 2007-05-09 华为技术有限公司 Method for activating multicast service
CN1968451A (en) * 2006-11-20 2007-05-23 华为技术有限公司 Method and system for determining to use multicast/broadcast service time
WO2014051383A1 (en) * 2012-09-27 2014-04-03 삼성전자 주식회사 Security management method and apparatus for group communication in mobile communication system
CN104348627A (en) * 2014-10-31 2015-02-11 上海华为技术有限公司 Secret key issuing method as well as method for carrying out authorization checking on UE (User Equipment) and related equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN104348627B (en) 2019-02-01
CN104348627A (en) 2015-02-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6829295B2 (en) MBMS membership management in service capability exposure function
WO2016065985A1 (en) Key issuing method, method for implementing authorization checking on ue, and related devices
US20200228543A1 (en) Secure group creation in proximity based service communication
US7987360B2 (en) Method for implementing grouping devices and interacting among grouped devices
WO2019137067A1 (en) Key distribution method, device and system
US10271208B2 (en) Security support method and system for discovering service and group communication in mobile communication system
US20160381543A1 (en) Secure discovery for proximity based service communication
KR102094216B1 (en) Security supporting method and system for proximity based service device to device discovery and communication in mobile telecommunication system environment
WO2013152667A1 (en) Short-range information registration method and query method, and user equipment
WO2012162965A1 (en) Method, system and network element for pushing application information
WO2014161449A1 (en) Method and device for implementing proximity communication service
US20170188333A1 (en) Evolved multimedia broadcast/multicast service processing network element and evolved multimedia broadcast/multicast service broadcast method
US20220014929A1 (en) Method and devices for hardware identifier-based subscription management
WO2014107902A1 (en) Registration method for user equipment, short-distance service server and mobility management entity
US20150229486A1 (en) Providing multiple multicast streams over a single transport bearer channel
US20180131676A1 (en) Code encryption
WO2016112496A1 (en) Method and apparatus for processing group service
JP6050513B2 (en) Protection of payloads transmitted over a communications network
WO2019201257A1 (en) Device-to-x (d2x) communication method, device, and storage medium
KR100983228B1 (en) System and method for providing dynamic multicast and broadcast service in a communication system
JP2018516008A (en) Discovery method and apparatus
WO2016141794A1 (en) Method and system for realizing packet authentication
WO2015103969A1 (en) Terminal registration method and apparatus
WO2022270228A1 (en) Device and method for providing communication service for accessing ip network, and program therefor
WO2016112540A1 (en) Service authorization method, proximity-based service server and user equipment

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15854883

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15854883

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1